Table of Contents

 
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

(Mark One)
ý
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014

or
o
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from                  to                 
 
Commission File Number: 000-15760
 
Hardinge Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)  
New York
 
16-0470200
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
 
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
 
 
 
One Hardinge Drive
Elmira, NY
 
14902
(Address of principal executive offices)
 
(Zip Code)

(607) 734-2281
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: NONE
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
Title of each class
 
Name of each exchange on which registered
Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share
 
NASDAQ Global Select Market
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.     o Yes  ý No
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.     o Yes  ý No
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.                                      ý Yes  o No   
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).                      ý Yes  o No
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.                                  o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer o
 
Accelerated filer  x
Non-accelerated filer o  (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
 
Smaller reporting company  o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).     o Yes   ý No
The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of June 30, 2014 was $157.1 million , based on the closing price of common stock on the NASDAQ Global Select Market on June 30, 2014.
As of March 6, 2015 there were 12,847,716 shares of common stock of the registrant outstanding.
  DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of Hardinge Inc.'s Proxy Statement for its 2015 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be filed with the Commission on or about March 26, 2015 are incorporated by reference to Part III of this Form 10-K.
 


Table of Contents

HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
 
PAGE
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Certifications
 


2

Table of Contents

PART I

Item 1. Business.

General

Hardinge Inc.'s principal executive office is located within Chemung County at One Hardinge Drive, Elmira, New York 14902-1507. Unless otherwise mentioned or unless the context requires otherwise, all references to "Hardinge," "we," "us," "our," "the Company" or similar references mean Hardinge Inc. and its subsidiaries.

Our website, www.hardinge.com, provides links to all of the Company's filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission. A copy of this annual report on Form 10-K and our other annual, quarterly, current reports, and amendments thereto filed with SEC are available on the website or can be obtained free of charge by contacting the Investor Relations Department at our principal executive office. Alternatively, such reports may be accessed at the Internet address of the SEC, which is www.sec.gov, or at the SEC's Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549. Information about the operation of the SEC's Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330.

We are a global designer, manufacturer and distributor of machine tools, specializing in precision computer numerically controlled metalcutting machines and workholding technology solutions. The Company has the following direct and indirect wholly owned subsidiaries:
North America:
 
 
Canadian Hardinge Machine Tools, Ltd.
 
Toronto, Canada
Forkardt Inc.
 
Traverse City, Michigan
Hardinge Technology Systems, Inc.
 
Elmira, New York
Usach Technologies Inc.
 
Elgin, Illinois
Europe:
 
 
Forkardt Deutschland GmbH
 
Ekrath, Germany
Forkardt SAS
 
Noisy le Sec, France
Hardinge GmbH
 
Krefeld, Germany
Hardinge Holdings GmbH
 
St. Gallen, Switzerland
Hardinge Holdings B.V.
 
Amsterdam, Netherlands
Hardinge Machine Tools B.V.
 
Raamsdonksveer, Netherlands
Jones & Shipman Hardinge Limited
 
Leicester, England
Jones & Shipman SARL
 
Bron, France
L. Kellenberger & Co., AG
 
St. Gallen, Switzerland
Asia and Other:
 
 
Forkardt India LLP
 
Hyderabad, India
Hardinge China Limited
 
Hong Kong, People's Republic of China
Hardinge Machine (Shanghai) Co., Ltd.
 
Shanghai, People's Republic of China
Hardinge Machine Tools B.V., Taiwan Branch
 
Nan Tou City, Taiwan, Republic of China
Hardinge Precision Machinery (Jiaxing) Company, Limited
 
Jiaxing, People's Republic of China
Hardinge Taiwan Precision Machinery Limited
 
Nan Tou City, Taiwan, Republic of China
    
We have manufacturing facilities located in China, Switzerland, Taiwan, Germany, France, India, the United Kingdom ("U.K.") and the United States ("U.S."). We manufacture the majority of the products we sell.


3

Table of Contents

Products

We supply high precision computer controlled metalcutting turning machines, grinding machines, machining centers, and repair parts related to those machines. The Company also engineers and supplies high precision, standard and specialty workholding devices, and other machine tool accessories. We believe our products are known for accuracy, reliability, durability and value.

Segments

The Company has two unique business segments: Metalcutting Machine Solutions ("MMS") and Aftermarket Tooling and Accessories ("ATA").

Metalcutting Machine Solutions (MMS)

This segment includes operations related to grinding, turning, and milling, as discussed below, and related repair parts. The products are considered to be capital goods with sales prices ranging from approximately forty thousand dollars for some high volume products to around two million dollars for some lower volume grinding machines or other specialty built turnkey systems of multiple machines. Sales are subject to economic cycles and, because they are most often purchased to add manufacturing capacity, the cycles can be severe with customers delaying purchases during down cycles and then aggressively requiring machine deliveries during up cycles. Machines are purchased to a lesser extent during down cycles as our customers are looking for productivity improvements or they have new products that require new machining capabilities.

We have been a manufacturer of industrial-use high precision and general precision turning machine tools since 1890. Turning machines, or lathes, are power-driven machines used to remove material from either bar stock or a rough-formed part by moving multiple cutting tools against the surface of a part rotating at very high speeds in a spindle mechanism. The multi-directional movement of the cutting tools allows the part to be shaped to the desired dimensions. On parts produced by our machines, those dimensions are often measured in millionths of an inch. We consider Hardinge to be a leader in the field of producing machines capable of consistently and cost-effectively producing parts to very close dimensions.

Grinding is a machining process in which a part's surface is shaped to closer tolerances with a rotating abrasive wheel or tool when compared with other available metalcutting technologies. Grinding machines can be used to finish parts of various shapes and sizes. The grinding machines of our Kellenberger subsidiary are used to grind the inside and outside diameters of cylindrical parts. Such grinding machines are typically used to provide a more exact finish on a part that has been partially completed on a lathe. The Kellenberger grinding machines are generally purchased by the same type of customers as other Hardinge equipment and further our ability to be a primary source for our customers.

Our Kellenberger precision grinding technology is complemented by our Hauser, Tschudin, Jones & Shipman, Usach, and Voumard grinding brands. Hauser machines are jig grinders used to make demanding contour components, primarily for tool and mold-making applications. Tschudin product technology is focused on the specialized grinding of cylindrical parts when the customer requires high volume production. Our Tschudin machines are generally equipped with automatic loading and unloading mechanisms for the part being machined. These loading and unloading mechanisms significantly reduce the level of involvement a machine operator has to perform in the production process. Our Jones & Shipman brand represents a line of high-quality grinding (surface, creep feed, and cylindrical) machines. These super-abrasive machines and machining systems are used by a diverse range of industries. Usach and Voumard machines are high quality internal diameter cylindrical grinding systems used in production and job shop environments.

Machining centers are designed to remove material from stationary, prismatic or box-like parts of various shapes with rotating tools that are capable of milling, drilling, tapping, reaming and routing. Machining centers have mechanisms that automatically change tools based on commands from a built-in computer control without the assistance of an operator. Machining centers are generally purchased by the same customers who purchase other Hardinge equipment. We supply a broad line of machining centers under our Bridgeport brand name addressing a range of sizes, speeds, and powers.

Our machines are generally computer controlled and use commands from an integrated computer to control the movement of cutting tools, grinding wheels, part positioning, and in the case of turning and grinding machines, the rotation speeds of the part being shaped. The computer control enables the operator to program operations such as part rotation, tooling selection, and tooling movement for a specific part and then stores that program in memory for future use. The machines are able to produce parts while left unattended when connected to automatic bar-feeding, robotics equipment, or other material handling devices designed to supply raw materials and remove machined parts from the machine.


4

Table of Contents

New products are critical to our growth plans. We gain access to new products through internal product development, acquisitions, joint ventures, license agreements, and partnerships. Products are introduced each year to both broaden our product offering, to take advantage of new technologies available to us, and to replace older models nearing the end of their respective product life cycles. These technologies generally allow our machines to run at higher speeds and with more power, thus increasing their efficiency. Customers routinely replace old machines with newer machines that can produce parts faster and with less time to set up the machine when converting from one type of part to another. Generally, our machines can be used to produce parts from all of the standard ferrous and non-ferrous metals, as well as plastics, composites, and exotic materials.

We focus on products and solutions for companies making parts from hard-to-machine materials with hard to sustain close tolerances and hard to achieve surface finishes that may be hard to hold in the machine. We believe that with our high precision and super precision lathes, our grinding machines, and our rugged machining centers, combined with our accessory products and our technical expertise, we are uniquely qualified to be the supplier of choice for customers manufacturing to demanding specifications.

Multiple options are available on many of our machines, which allows customers to customize their machines to their specific operating performance and cost objectives. We produce machines for stock with popular option combinations for immediate delivery, as well as design and produce machines to specific customer requirements. In addition to our machines, we provide the necessary tooling, accessories, and support services to assist customers in maximizing their return on investment.

The sale of repair parts is important to our business. Certain parts on machines wear out, fail, or need to be replaced due to misuse over time. Customers will buy parts from us throughout the life of the machine, which typically extends over many years. There are thousands of machines in operation in the world for which we provide those repair parts and in many cases the parts are available exclusively from us.

We offer various warranties on our equipment and consider post-sale support to be a critical element of our business. Warranties on machines typically extend for twelve months after purchase. Services provided include operation and maintenance training, in-field maintenance, and in-field repair. We offer these post sales support services on a paid basis throughout the life of the machine. In territories covered by distributors, this support and service is offered through the distributor.

Aftermarket Tooling and Accessories (ATA)

This segment includes products that are purchased by manufacturers throughout the lives of their machines. The selling prices of these units are relatively low per piece with prices ranging from fifty dollars on high volume collets to twenty thousand dollars or more for specialty chucks. While considered to be consumable, these products are more durable in nature, with replacement due to wear over time. Our products are used on all types and brands of machine tools, not limited to our own. Sales levels are affected by manufacturing cycles, but not to the severity of the capital goods lines. While customers may not purchase large dollar machines during a down cycle, their factories are operating with their existing equipment and therefore accessories are still needed as they wear out or they are needed for a change in production requirements.

The two primary product groups in ATA are collets and chucks. Collets are cone-shaped metal sleeves used for holding circular or rod like pieces in a lathe or other machine that provide effective part holding and accurate part location during machining operations. Chucks are a specialized clamping device used to hold an object with radial symmetry, especially a cylindrical object. It is most commonly used to hold a rotating tool or a rotating work piece. Some of our specialty chucks can also hold irregularly shaped objects that lack radial symmetry. While our products are known for accuracy and durability, they are consumable in nature.

 In May of 2013, the Company acquired Forkardt, a global provider of specialty chucks. Forkardt is based in Traverse City, Michigan with operations in the United States, Europe, and Asia that provide unique solutions for demanding workholding applications. This acquisition positions Hardinge as one of the largest manufacturers of rotating workholding solutions in the world. In December of 2013, we divested the Forkardt Swiss operations due to potential customer conflicts.

We offer an extensive line of workholding and toolholding solutions that are available in tens of thousands of shapes and sizes to meet unique customer application needs. These solutions can be used on virtually all types and brands of metalcutting machines, as well as non-traditional uses in many industrial applications. The Company continues to explore opportunities to expand this business organically and through acquisitions.


5

Table of Contents

Sales, Markets and Distribution

We sell our products in most of the industrialized countries of the world through a combination of distributors, agents, and manufacturers' representatives. In certain areas of China, France, Germany, North America, and the United Kingdom, we have also used a direct sales force for portions of our product lines. Generally, our distributors have an exclusive right to sell our products in a defined geographic area. Our distributors operate as independent businesses and purchase products from us at discounted prices for their customers, while agents and representatives sell products on our behalf and receive commissions on sales. Our discount schedule is adjusted to reflect the level of pre and post sales support offered by our distributors. Our direct sales personnel earn a fixed salary plus commission. Sales through distributors are made only on standard commercial open account terms or through letters of credit. Distributors generally take title to products upon shipment from our facilities and do not have any special return privileges.

 Our standard ATA products are sold through direct telephone orders and via our web site at www.shophardinge.com. Custom or special solutions are sold through direct sales and agents. In most cases, we are able to package and ship in-stock tooling, accessories, and repair parts within 24 hours of receiving orders. We can package and ship items with heavy demand within a few hours. In other parts of the world, these products are sold on either a direct sales basis or through distributor arrangements.

We promote recognition of our products in the marketplace through advertising in trade publications, web presences, email newsletters, and participation in industry trade shows. In addition, we market our non-machine products and capabilities through publication of general catalogs and other targeted catalogs, which we distribute to existing and prospective customers. We have a considerable presence on the internet at www.hardinge.com and www.forkardt.com, where customers can obtain information about our products and place orders for accessories, tooling, knee mill products and repair parts.

A substantial portion of our end use customers are small and medium-sized independent job shops, which in turn sell machined parts to their industrial customers. Industries directly and indirectly served by us include aerospace, automotive, computer, communications, consumer-electronics, construction equipment, defense, energy, farm equipment, medical equipment, recreational equipment, and transportation.

No single customer or related group of customers accounted for more than 6% of our consolidated sales in 2014 or 2013 . While valuing our relationship with each customer, we do not believe that the loss of any single customer, or any few customers, would have an adverse material effect on our business.

Competitive Conditions

In our industry, the barriers to entry for competition vary based on the level of product performance required. For the products with the highest performance in terms of accuracy and productivity, the barriers are generally technical in nature. For basic products, often the barriers are not technical; they are tied to product availability, competitive price position, and an effective distribution model that offers the pre and post sales support required by customers. Another significant barrier in the global machine tool industry is the high level of working capital that is required to operate the business.

We compete in various sectors of the machine tool market within the products of turning, milling, grinding, tooling and accessories. We compete with numerous vendors in each market sector we serve. The primary competitive factors in the marketplace for our machine tools are reliability, price, delivery time, service, and technological characteristics. Our management considers our segment of the industry to be extremely competitive. There are many manufacturers of machine tools in the world. They can be categorized by the size of material their products can machine and the precision level their products can achieve. For our high precision, multi-tasking turning and milling equipment, competition comes primarily from companies such as DMG Mori Seiki, Mazak, and Okuma. Competition in our more standard turning and milling equipment comes, in part, from those companies as well as Doosan, which is based in South Korea, and Haas which is based in the U.S., as well as many Taiwanese companies. Our internal and outer diameter (ID/OD) cylindrical grinding machines compete primarily with Studer, a Swiss company as well as Toyoda and Shigiya, which are based in Japan. Our Hauser jig grinding machines compete primarily with Moore Tool, which is based in the U.S., and some Japanese suppliers. Our surface grinding machines compete with Okamoto in Japan and Chevalier in Taiwan. Our ATA products compete with many smaller companies.


6

Table of Contents

The overall number of our competitors providing product solutions serving our target markets may increase. Also, the overall composition of companies with which we compete may change as we broaden our product offerings and the geographic markets we serve. As we expand into new market areas, we will face competition not only from our existing competitors but from other competitors as well, including existing companies with strong technological, marketing and sales positions in those markets. In addition, several of our competitors may have greater resources, including financial, technical, and engineering resources, than we do.

Sources and Availability of Components

Our machines within the MMS segment are produced around the world. We produce certain of our lathes, knee mills, and related products at our Elmira, New York plant. The Kellenberger and Voumard grinding machines and related products are manufactured at our St. Gallen, Switzerland plant and Hauser and Tschudin products are produced at our Biel, Switzerland facility. The Jones & Shipman grinding machines are manufactured at our Leicester, England plant. The Usach grinding machines are manufactured at our Elgin, Illinois plant. We produce machining centers and lathes at our Hardinge Taiwan facility in Nan Tou, Taiwan and our Hardinge Precision Machinery (Jiaxing) Company, Ltd. facility in Jiaxing, China. The Company's Forkardt and Hardinge branded ATA segment products and solutions are engineered and produced in our plants located in Traverse City, Michigan, Elmira, New York, Kirchentellinsfurt, Germany, Noisy le Sec, France, and Hyderabad, India. We manufacture products from various raw materials, including cast iron, sheet metal, and bar steel. We purchase a number of components, sub-assemblies and assemblies from outside suppliers, including the computer and electronic components for our computer controlled lathes, grinding machines, and machining centers. There are multiple suppliers for virtually all of our raw material, components, sub-assemblies and assemblies and historically, we have not experienced a serious supply interruption. However, in 2011, because of the increase in demand driven by early 2011 worldwide order activity, producers of bearings, ball screws, and linear guides had difficulty meeting the rise in demand. Similar demand increase in the future could impact our production schedules.

A major component of our computer controlled machines is the computer and related electronics package. We purchase these components from Fanuc Limited, a Japanese electronics company, Heidenhain, a German control supplier, Mitsubishi Electric, a Japanese electronics company, or from Siemens, another German control manufacturer. While we believe that design changes could be made to our machines to allow sourcing from several other existing suppliers, and we occasionally do so for special orders, a disruption in the supply of the computer controls from one of our suppliers could cause us to experience a substantial disruption of our operations, depending on the circumstances at the time. We purchase parts from these suppliers under normal trade terms. There are no agreements with these suppliers to purchase minimum volumes per year.

Research and Development

Our ongoing research and development program involves creating new products, modifying existing products to meet market demands, and redesigning existing products, both to add new functionality and to reduce the cost of manufacturing. The research and development departments throughout the world are staffed with experienced design engineers with varying levels of education, ranging from technical to doctoral degrees.

The worldwide cost of research and development, all of which has been charged to cost of goods sold, amounted to $13.9 million , $12.5 million and $12.3 million , in 2014 , 2013 and 2012 , respectively.

Patents

Although we hold several patents with respect to certain of our products, we do not believe that our business is dependent to any material extent upon any single patent or group of patents.

Seasonal Trends and Working Capital Requirements

Hardinge's business and that of the machine tool industry in general, is cyclical. It is not subject to significant seasonal trends. However, our quarterly results are subject to fluctuation based on the timing of our shipments of machine tools, which are largely dependent upon customer delivery requirements. Given that a large percentage of our sales are from Asia, the impact of plant shutdowns in that region by us and our customers due to the celebration of the Lunar New Year holiday may impact the first quarter sales, income from operations, and net income, and result in the first quarter being the lowest quarter of the year.


7

Table of Contents

The ability to deliver products within a short period of time is an important competitive criterion. We must have inventory on hand to meet customers' delivery expectations, which for standard machines typically range from immediate to eight weeks delivery. Meeting this requirement is especially difficult with some of our products, where delivery is extended due to time associated with shipping on ocean-going vessels, depending on the location of the customer. This creates a need to have inventory of finished machines available in our major markets to serve our customers in a timely manner.

We deliver many of our machine products within one to two months after the order. Some orders, especially multiple machine orders, are delivered on a turnkey basis with the machine or group of machines configured to make certain parts for the customer. This type of order often includes the addition of material handling equipment, tooling and specific programming. In those cases, the customer usually observes and inspects the parts being made on the machine at our facility before it is shipped and the timing of the sale is dependent upon the customer's schedule and acceptance. Therefore, sales from quarter-to-quarter can vary depending upon the timing of those customers' acceptances and the significance of those orders.

We feel it is important, where practical, to provide readily available accessories and replacement parts for the machines we sell and we carry inventory at levels sufficient to meet these customer requirements.

Governmental Regulations

We believe that our current operations and our current uses of property, plant and equipment conform in all material respects to applicable laws and regulations in the various countries in which we conduct business.

Governmental Contracts

No material portion of our business is subject to government contracts.

Environmental Matters

Our operations are subject to extensive federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations relating to environmental matters. Certain environmental laws can impose joint and several liability for releases or threatened releases of hazardous substances upon certain statutorily defined parties regardless of fault or the lawfulness of the original activity or disposal. Hazardous substances and adverse environmental effects have been identified with respect to real property we own and on adjacent parcels of real property.

In particular, our Elmira, NY manufacturing facility is located within the Kentucky Avenue Wellfield on the National Priorities List of hazardous waste sites designated for cleanup by the United States Environmental Protection Agency ("EPA") because of groundwater contamination. The Kentucky Avenue Wellfield Site (the "Site") encompasses an area which includes sections of the Town of Horseheads and the Village of Elmira Heights in Chemung County, NY. In February 2006, the Company received a Special Notice Concerning a Remedial Investigation/Feasibility Study ("RI/FS") for the Koppers Pond (the "Pond") portion of the Site. The EPA documented the release and threatened release of hazardous substances into the environment at the Site, including releases into and in the vicinity of the Pond. The hazardous substances, including metals and polychlorinated biphenyls, have been detected in sediments in the Pond.

Until receipt of this Special Notice in February 2006, the Company had never been named as a potentially responsible party ("PRP") at the Site nor had the Company received any requests for information from the EPA concerning the Site. Environmental sampling on our property within this Site under supervision of regulatory authorities had identified off-site sources for such groundwater contamination and sediment contamination in the Pond, and found no evidence that our operations or property have contributed or are contributing to the contamination. We have notified all appropriate insurance carriers and are actively cooperating with them, but whether coverage will be available has not yet been determined and possible insurance recovery cannot now be estimated with any degree of certainty.

A substantial portion of the Pond is located on our property. The Company, along with Beazer East, Inc., the Village of Horseheads, the Town of Horseheads, the County of Chemung, CBS Corporation and Toshiba America, Inc., (collectively, the "PRPs"), have agreed to voluntarily participate in the RI/FS by signing an Administrative Settlement Agreement and Order of Consent on September 29, 2006. On September 29, 2006, the Director of Emergency and Remedial Response Division of the EPA, Region II, approved and executed the Agreement on behalf of the EPA. The PRPs also signed a PRP Member Agreement, agreeing to share the cost of the RI/FS study on a per capita basis.


8

Table of Contents

The EPA approved the RI/FS Work Plan in May of 2008. On September 7, 2011, the PRPs submitted the draft Remedial Investigation Report to the EPA and on January 10, 2013, the draft Feasibility Study was submitted to the EPA. The PRPs are preparing a revised draft feasibility study to update site information and to address issues raised by the EPA.

The draft Feasibility Study identified alternative remedial actions with estimated life-cycle costs ranging from $0.7 million to $3.4 million . The proposed revised draft feasibility study is identifying an estimated life-cycle range from $0.9 million to $3.7 million . We estimate that our portion of the potential costs, based upon the proposed revised feasibility study, are estimated to range from $0.1 million to $0.5 million . Based on the current estimated costs of the various remedial alternatives now under consideration by the EPA, we have recorded a reserve of $0.2 million for the Company's share of remediation expenses at the Pond as of December 31, 2014 . This reserve is included in " Accrued expenses " in the Consolidated Balance Sheets .

We believe, based upon information currently available that, except as described in the preceding paragraphs, we will not have material liabilities for environmental remediation. Though the foregoing reflects the Company's current assessment as it relates to environmental remediation obligations, it is possible that future remedial requirements or changes in the enforcement of existing laws and regulations, which are subject to extensive regulatory discretion, will result in material liabilities to the Company.

Employees

As of December 31, 2014 , Hardinge Inc. employed 1,478 persons, 493 of whom were located in the United States. Management believes that relations with our employees are good.

Foreign Operations and Export Sales

Information related to foreign and domestic operations and sales is included in Note 17. "Segment Information" to the Consolidated Financial Statements contained in this Annual Report. Our strategy has been to diversify our sales and operations geographically so that the impact of economic trends in different regions can be balanced.

The risks associated with conducting business on an international basis are discussed further in Item 1A. "Risk Factors".

Item 1A. Risk Factors.

The various risks related to the Company's business include the risks described below. The business, financial condition or results of operations of Hardinge could be materially adversely affected by any of these risks. The risks and uncertainties described below or elsewhere in this Form 10-K are not the only ones to which we are exposed. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial may also adversely affect our business and operations. If any of the matters included in the following risks were to occur, our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or prospects could be materially adversely affected.

Our customers' activity levels and spending for our products and services have been impacted by global economic conditions, especially deterioration in the credit markets.

For many of our customers, the purchase of our machines represents a significant capital expenditure. For others, the purchase of our machines is a part of a larger improvement or expansion of manufacturing capability. For all, the purchase represents a long term commitment of capital raised by incurrence of debt, issuance of equity or use of cash flow from operations. Global economic and financial difficulties across the world in recent years have been well documented. Governments in Europe, Asia and the U.S. subsequently intervened in an effort to improve economic conditions. These interventions may have reduced the overall impact of the crisis, but also created instability, uncertainty and doubt. During this period, many of our customers experienced uncertain cash flows and reduced access to credit and equity markets, all of which made commitment to larger long term capital projects difficult. While global conditions appear to have improved, similar conditions in the future could negatively impact our operating results.


9

Table of Contents

Changes in general economic conditions and the cyclical nature of our business could harm our operating results.

Our business is cyclical in nature, following the strength and weakness of the manufacturing economies in the geographic markets we serve. As a result of this cyclicality, we have experienced, and in the future we can be expected to experience, significant fluctuations in sales and operating income, which may affect our business, operating results, financial condition and the market price of our common shares.

The following factors, among others, significantly influence demand for our products:

Fluctuations in capacity at both OEMs and job shops;
The availability of skilled machinists;
The need to replace machines that have reached the end of their useful life;
The need to replace older machines with new technology that increases productivity, reduces general manufacturing costs, and machines parts in a new way;
The evolution of end-use products requiring machining to more specific tolerances;
Our customers' use of new materials requiring machining by different processes;
General economic and manufacturing industry expansions and contractions; and
Changes in manufacturing capabilities in developing regions.

Our competitive position and prospects for growth may be diminished if we are unable to develop and introduce new and enhanced products on a timely basis that are accepted in the market.

The machine tool industry is subject to technological change, rapidly evolving industry standards, changing customer requirements, and improvements in and expansion of product offerings, especially with respect to computer-controlled products. Our ability to anticipate changes in technology, industry standards, customer requirements and product offerings by competitors, and to develop and introduce new and enhanced products on a timely basis that are accepted in the market, will be significant factors in our ability to compete and grow. Moreover, if technologies or standards used in our products become obsolete or fail to gain widespread commercial acceptance, our business would be materially adversely affected. Developments by our competitors or others may render our products or technologies obsolete or noncompetitive. Failure to effectively introduce new products or product enhancements on a timely basis could materially adversely affect our business, operating results, and financial condition.

We rely on a limited number of suppliers to obtain certain components, sub-assemblies, assemblies and products. Delays in deliveries from or the loss of any of these suppliers may cause us to incur additional costs, result in delays in manufacturing and delivering our products or cause us to carry excess or obsolete inventory.

Some components, sub-assemblies, or assemblies we use in the manufacturing of our products are purchased from a limited number of suppliers. Our purchases from these suppliers are generally not made pursuant to long-term contracts and are subject to additional risks associated with purchasing products internationally, including risks associated with potential import restrictions and exchange rate fluctuations, as well as changes in tax laws, tariffs, and freight rates. Although we believe that our relationships with these suppliers are good, there can be no assurance that we will be able to obtain these products from these suppliers on satisfactory terms indefinitely. The present economic environment could also pose the risk of one of these key suppliers going out of business, or cause delays in delivery times of critical components as business conditions rebound and demand increases.

We believe that design changes could be made to our machines to allow sourcing of components, sub-assemblies, assemblies or products from several other suppliers; however, a disruption in the supply from any of our suppliers could cause us to experience a material adverse effect on our operations.


10

Table of Contents

Our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be adversely affected by the political and economic conditions of the countries in which we conduct business and other factors related to our international operations.

We manufacture a substantial portion of our products overseas and sell our products throughout the world. In 2014 , approximately 68% of our products were sold in countries outside of North America. In addition, a majority of our employees are located outside of the United States. Multiple factors relating to our international operations and to particular countries in which we operate could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows. These factors include:

A prolonged world-wide economic downturn or economic uncertainty in our principal international markets including Asia and Europe;
Changes in political, regulatory, legal, or economic conditions;
Restrictive governmental actions, such as restrictions on the transfer or repatriation of funds and foreign investments and trade protection measures, including export duties and quotas, customs duties and tariffs, or trade barriers erected by either the United States or other countries where we do business;
Disruptions of capital and trading markets;
Changes in import or export licensing requirements;
Transportation delays;
Civil disturbances or political instability;
Geopolitical turmoil, including terrorism or war;
Currency restrictions and exchange rate fluctuations;
Changes in labor standards;
Limitations on our ability under local laws to protect our intellectual property;
Nationalization and expropriation;
Changes in domestic and foreign tax laws;
Difficulty in obtaining distribution and support; and
Health epidemics and other localized health risks.

Additionally, we must comply with complex foreign and U.S. laws and regulations, such as the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, the U.K. Bribery Act and other local laws prohibiting corrupt payments to government officials, and anti-corruption regulations. Violations of these laws and regulations could result in fines and penalties, criminal sanctions, restrictions on our business conduct and on our ability to offer products in one or more countries, and could adversely affect our reputation, our ability to attract and retain employees, our international operations, our business and our operating results. Although we have implemented policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance with these laws and regulations, there can be no assurance that our employees, contractors or agents, as well as those companies to which we outsource certain of our business operations, will not violate these policies.

Our business is highly competitive, and increased competition could reduce our sales, earnings and profitability.

The markets in which our machines and other products are sold are extremely competitive and highly fragmented. In marketing our products, we compete primarily with other businesses on quality, reliability, price, value, delivery time, service, and technological characteristics. We compete with a number of U.S., European, and Asian competitors, many of which are larger, have greater financial and other resources, and are supported by governmental or financial institution subsidies. Increased competition could force us to lower our prices or to offer additional product features or services at a higher cost to us, which could reduce our earnings.

The greater financial resources or the lower amount of debt of certain of our competitors may enable them to commit larger amounts of capital in response to changing market conditions. Certain competitors may also have the ability to develop product innovations that could put us at a disadvantage. If we are unable to compete successfully against other manufacturers in our marketplace, we could lose customers, and our sales may decline. There can also be no assurance that customers will continue to regard our products favorably, that we will be able to develop new products that appeal to customers, that we will be able to improve or maintain our profit margins on sales to our customers, or that we will be able to continue to compete successfully in our core markets. While we believe our product lines compete effectively in their markets, we may not continue to do so.


11

Table of Contents

Acquisitions could disrupt our operations and harm our operating results.

We may elect to increase our product offerings and the markets we serve through acquisitions of other companies, product lines, technologies and personnel. Acquisitions involve numerous risks, including the following:

Difficulties in integrating the operations, technologies, products and personnel of the acquired companies;
Diversion of management's attention from normal daily operations of the business;
Potential difficulties in completing projects associated with in-process research and development;
Difficulties in entering markets in which we have no or limited direct prior experience and where competitors in such markets have stronger market positions;
Initial dependence on unfamiliar supply chains or relatively small supply partners;
Difficulties in predicting market demand for acquired products and technologies and the resultant risk of acquiring excess or obsolete inventory;
Insufficient revenues to offset increased expenses associated with acquisitions; and
The potential loss of key employees of the acquired companies.

Acquisitions may also cause us to:

Issue common stock that would dilute our current shareholders' percentage ownership;
Increase our level of indebtedness;
Assume liabilities;
Record goodwill and non-amortizable intangible assets that will be subject to impairment testing on a regular basis and potential periodic impairment charges;
Incur amortization expenses related to certain intangible assets;
Incur large and immediate write-offs and restructuring and other related expenses; and
Become subject to litigation.

Acquisitions are inherently risky, and no assurance can be given that our recent or future acquisitions, if any, will be successful and will not have material adverse effect on our business, operating results or financial condition. Failure to manage and successfully integrate acquisitions we make could harm our business and operating results in a material way. Additionally, we may incur significant expenses related to potential acquisitions that are not completed. Prior acquisitions have resulted in a wide range of outcomes, from successful introduction of new products, technologies, facilities, and personnel to an inability to do so. Even when an acquired business has already developed and marketed products, there can be no assurance that product enhancements will be made in a timely fashion or that pre-acquisition due diligence will have identified all possible issues that might arise with respect to such products.

If we are unable to access additional capital on favorable terms, our liquidity, business, and results of operations could be adversely affected.

The ability to raise financial capital, either in public or private markets or through commercial banks, is critical to our current business and future growth. Our business is generally working capital intensive requiring a long cash-out to cash-in cycle. In addition, we will rely on the availability of longer-term debt financing or equity financing to make investments in new opportunities. Our access to the financial markets could be adversely impacted by various factors including the following:

Changes in credit markets that reduce available credit or the ability to renew existing facilities on acceptable terms;
A deterioration in our financial condition that would violate current loan agreement covenants or prohibit us from obtaining additional capital from banks, financial institutions, or investors;
Extreme volatility in credit markets that increase margin or credit requirements; and
Volatility in our results that would substantially increase the cost of our capital.

We are subject to significant foreign exchange and currency risks that could adversely affect our operations and our ability to reinvest earnings from operations.

Our international operations generate sales in a number of foreign currencies including British Pound Sterling ("GBP"), Chinese Renminbi ("CNY"), Euros ("EUR"), Indian Rupee ("INR"), New Taiwanese Dollars ("TWD"), and Swiss Francs ("CHF"). Therefore, our results of operations and financial condition are affected by fluctuations in exchange rates between these currencies and the U.S. dollar ("USD"). In addition, our purchases of components in CNY, EUR, TWD, CHF, and Japanese Yen ("JPY") are affected by inter-currency fluctuations in exchange rates.

12

Table of Contents


We prepare our financial statements in USD in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America ("US GAAP"), but a sizable portion of our revenue and operating expenses are in foreign currencies. As a result, we are subject to significant risks, including:

Foreign exchange risks resulting from changes in foreign exchange rates and the implementation or termination of exchange controls; and
Limitations on our ability to reinvest earnings from operations in one country to fund the capital needs of our operations in other countries.

Changes in exchange rates will result in increases or decreases in our revenues, costs, and earnings, and may also affect the book value of our assets located outside of the United States and the amount of our invested equity. Although we may seek to decrease our currency exposure by engaging in hedges against significant transactions and balance sheet currency exposures where we deem it appropriate, we do not hedge against translation risks. Though we monitor and manage our exposures to changes in currency exchange rates, and utilize currency exchange forward contracts and swaps to mitigate the impact of changes in currency values, changes in exchange rates nonetheless cannot always be predicted or hedged. Consequently, we cannot assure that any efforts to minimize our risk to currency movements will be successful. To the extent we sell our products in markets other than the market in which they are manufactured, currency fluctuations may result in our products becoming too expensive for customers in those markets.

Prices of some raw materials, especially steel and iron, fluctuate, which can adversely affect our sales, costs, and profitability.

We manufacture products with a relatively high iron casting or steel content, commodities for which worldwide prices fluctuate. The availability of and prices for these and other raw materials are subject to volatility due to worldwide supply and demand forces, speculative actions, inventory levels, exchange rates, production costs, and anticipated or perceived shortages. In some cases, raw material cost increases can be passed on to customers in the form of price increases; in other cases, they cannot. If raw material prices increase and we are not able to charge our customers higher prices to compensate, it would adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our expenditures for post-retirement pension obligations could be materially higher than we have predicted if our underlying assumptions prove to be incorrect or we are required to use different assumptions.

We provide defined benefit pension plans to eligible employees. Our pension expense, the funding status of our plans and related charges in other comprehensive income (loss), and required contributions to our pension plans are directly affected by the value of plan assets, the projected rate of return on plan assets, the actual rate of return on plan assets and the actuarial assumptions we use to measure our defined benefit pension plan obligations, including the rate at which future obligations are discounted to a present value, or the discount rate. Should the assets earn a return less than the assumed rate of return over time, it is likely that future pension expenses and funding requirements would increase. Investment earnings in excess of the assumed rate of return may reduce future pension expenses and funding requirements. A change in the discount rate would impact the funded status of our plans. An increase to the discount rate would generally reduce the pension liability and future pension expense and, conversely, a lower discount rate would generally increase the pension liability and the future pension expense.

The market-related value of assets for our U.S. qualified defined benefit pension plan recognizes asset losses and gains over a five-year period, which we believe is consistent with the long-term nature of our pension obligations. As a result, the effect of changes in the market value of assets on our pension expense may be experienced in future years rather than fully reflected in the expense for the year immediately following the year in which the fluctuations actually occurred.

In addition, we cannot predict whether changing market or economic conditions, regulatory changes or other factors will increase our pension expenses or our funding obligations, diverting funds we would otherwise apply to other uses. Contribution levels are largely contingent on asset returns and corporate bond yields. If the performance of the assets in our U.S. qualified defined benefit pension plan does not meet our expectations and/or corporate bond yields decrease, our future contributions to the plan could increase.


13

Table of Contents

If we are unable to attract and retain skilled employees to work at our manufacturing facilities, our operations and growth prospects would be adversely impacted.

We conduct substantially all of our manufacturing operations in less densely populated urban areas, which, in many cases, may represent a relatively small market for skilled labor force. Our continued success depends on our ability to attract and retain a skilled labor force at these locations. If we are not able to attract and retain the personnel we require, we may be unable to develop, manufacture, and market our products, or to expand our operations in a manner that best exploits market opportunities and capitalizes on our investment in our business. This would materially adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.

Due to future technological changes, changes in market demand, or changes in market expectations, portions of our inventory may become obsolete or excessive.

The technologies incorporated in our products change and generally new versions of machines are brought to market in three to five year cycles. The phasing out of an old product involves both estimating the amount of inventory to hold to satisfy the final demand for those machines as well as to satisfy future repair part needs. Based on changing customer demand and expectations of delivery times for repair parts, we may find that we have either obsolete or excess inventory on hand. Because of unforeseen changes in technology, market demand, or competition, we may have to write off unusable inventory at some time in the future, which may adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

Major changes in the economic situation of our customer base could require us to write off significant portion of our receivables from customers.

In difficult economic periods, our customers lose work and find it difficult if not impossible to pay for products purchased from us. Although appropriate credit reviews are done at the time of sale, rapidly changing economic conditions can have sudden impacts on our customers' ability to pay. We run the risk of bad debt on existing time payment contracts and open accounts. If we write off significant parts of our customer accounts or notes receivable because of unforeseen changes in their business condition, it would adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition, and cash flows.

If we suffer damage to our factories, facilities or distribution system due to catastrophe, our operations could be seriously harmed.

Our factories, facilities, and distribution system are subject to the risk of catastrophic loss due to fire, flood, terrorism, or other natural or man-made disasters. In particular, several of our facilities could be subject to a catastrophic loss caused by earthquake due to their locations. Our facilities in Southeast Asia are located in areas with above average seismic activity. If any of our facilities were to experience a catastrophic loss, it could disrupt our operations, delay production, shipments and revenue, and result in large expenses to repair or replace the facility.

Our business operations may be adversely affected by interruptions or failures of our technology information systems .

We are dependent on multiple information technology systems throughout our company to operate our business. An interruption or failure of our information technology systems, or a cybersecurity attack, such as unauthorized access, malicious software or other intrusion, may result in a significant disruption of our business operations and materially increase our costs of operations.

We rely in part on independent distributors and the loss of these distributors could adversely affect our business.

In addition to our direct sales force, we depend on the services of independent distributors and agents to sell our products and provide service and aftermarket support to our customers. We support an extensive distributor and agent network worldwide. In 2014 , approximately 66% of our sales were through distributors and agents. No distributor accounted for more than 5% of our consolidated sales in 2014 . Rather than serving as passive conduits for delivery of product, many of our distributors are active participants in the sale and support of our products. Many of the distributors with whom we transact business offer competitive products and services to our customers. In addition, the distribution agreements we have are typically cancelable by the distributor after a relatively short notice period. The loss of a substantial number of our distributors or an increase in the distributors' sales of our competitors' products to our customers could reduce our sales and profits.


14

Table of Contents

We rely on estimated forecasts of our customers' needs, and inaccuracies in such forecasts could adversely affect our business.

We generally sell our products pursuant to individual purchase orders instead of long-term purchase commitments. Therefore, we rely on estimated demand forecasts, based upon input from our customers and the general economic environment, to determine how much material to purchase and product to manufacture. Because our sales are based on purchase orders, our customers may cancel, delay, or otherwise modify their purchase commitments with little or no consequence to them and with little or no notice to us. For these reasons, we generally have limited visibility regarding our customers' actual product needs. The quantities or timing required by our customers for our products could vary significantly. Whether in response to changes affecting the industry or a customer's specific business pressures, any cancellation, delay, or other modification in our customers' orders could significantly reduce our revenue, cause our operating results to fluctuate from period to period and make it more difficult for us to predict our revenue. In the event of a cancellation or reduction of a customer order, we may not have enough time to reduce inventory purchases or our workforce to minimize the effect of the lost revenue on our business. Order cancellations typically average approximately 2% of sales. Cancellations could vary significantly during times of global economic uncertainty.

We could face potential product liability claims relating to products we manufacture, which could result in us having to expend significant time and expense to defend these claims and to pay material amounts in damages or settlement.

We face a business risk of exposure to product liability claims in the event that the use of our products is alleged to have resulted in injury or other adverse effects. We currently maintain product liability insurance coverage; however, such insurance does not cover all types of damages that could be assessed against us in a product liability claim and the coverage amounts are subject to certain limitations under the applicable policies. We may not be able to obtain product liability insurance on acceptable terms in the future. Product liability claims can be expensive to defend and can divert the attention of management and other personnel for long periods of time, regardless of the ultimate outcome. An unsuccessful product liability defense could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects. In addition, we believe our business depends on the strong brand reputation we have developed. In the event that our reputation is damaged, we may face difficulty in maintaining our pricing positions with respect to some of our products, which would reduce our sales and profitability.

Current employment laws or changes in employment laws could increase our costs and may adversely affect our business.

Various federal, state and foreign labor laws govern the relationship with our employees and affect operating costs. These laws include minimum wage requirements, overtime, unemployment tax rates, workers' compensation rates, citizenship requirements, and costs to terminate or layoff employees. Significant additional government-imposed increases in the following areas could materially affect our business, financial condition, operating results, or cash flow:

minimum wages;
mandated health benefits;
paid leaves of absence;
mandatory severance payments; and
employment taxes.

We are subject to environmental laws that could impose significant costs on us and the failure to comply with such laws could subject us to sanctions and material fines and expenses.

Our operations are subject to extensive federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations relating to environmental matters. Certain environmental laws can impose joint and several liability for releases or threatened releases of hazardous substances upon certain statutorily defined parties regardless of fault or the lawfulness of the original activity or disposal. Hazardous substances and adverse environmental effects have been identified with respect to real property we own and on adjacent parcels of real property.

We believe, based upon information currently available that, except with respect to the environmental matter concerning the Kentucky Avenue Wellfield Site as described in Part I Item 1. "Business - Environmental Matters", we will not have material liabilities for environmental remediation. Though the foregoing reflects the Company's current assessment as it relates to environmental remediation obligations, it is possible that future remedial requirements or changes in the enforcement of existing laws and regulations, which are subject to extensive regulatory discretion, will result in material liabilities to the Company.


15

Table of Contents

The loss of current members of our senior management team and other key personnel may adversely affect our operating results.

The loss of senior management and other key personnel could impair our ability to carry out our business plan. We believe our future success will depend in part on our ability to attract and retain highly skilled and qualified personnel. The loss of senior management and other key personnel may adversely affect our operating results as we incur costs to replace the departing personnel and potentially lose opportunities in the transition of important job functions.

If we fail to maintain an effective system of internal controls, we may not be able to report our financial results accurately or prevent fraud.

Effective internal controls are necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports, to prevent fraud and to operate successfully as a publicly traded company. Our efforts to maintain an effective system of internal controls may not be successful, and we may be unable to maintain adequate controls over our financial processes and reporting in the future. Ineffective internal controls subject us to regulatory scrutiny and a loss of confidence in our reported financial information, which could have an adverse effect on our business and would likely have a negative effect on the trading price of our common stock.

We are required, pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, to periodically furnish a report by our management regarding, among other things, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. Our management has concluded that, as of December 31, 2014 , the Company's internal control over financial reporting was effective.

Anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents and under New York law may discourage a third party from acquiring us.

Certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws may have the effect of discouraging a third party from making a proposal to acquire us and, as a result, may inhibit a change in control of the Company under circumstances that could give the shareholders the opportunity to realize a premium over the then-prevailing market price of our common shares. These include:

Staggered Board of Directors.  Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide that our Board of Directors, currently consisting of seven members, is divided into three classes of directors, with each class consisting of two or three directors, and with the classes serving staggered three-year terms. This classification of the directors has the effect of making it more difficult for shareholders, including those holding a majority of our outstanding shares, to force an immediate change in the composition of our Board of Directors.

Removal of Directors and Filling of Vacancies. Our certificate of incorporation provides that a member of our Board of Directors may be removed only for cause and upon the affirmative vote of the holders of 75% of the securities entitled to vote at an election of directors. Newly created directorships and Board of Director vacancies resulting from retirement, death, removal or other causes may be filled only by a majority vote of the then remaining directors. Accordingly, it is more difficult for shareholders, including those holding a majority of our outstanding shares, to force an immediate change in the composition of our Board of Directors.

Supermajority Voting Provisions for Certain Business Combinations.  Our certificate of incorporation requires the affirmative vote of at least 75% of all of the securities entitled to vote and at least 75% of shareholders who are not Major Shareholders (defined as 10% beneficial holders) in order to effect certain mergers, sales of assets or other business combinations involving the Company. These provisions could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change of control of the Company.

In addition, as a New York corporation we are subject to provisions of the New York Business Corporation Law which may make it more difficult for a third party to acquire and exercise control over us pursuant to a tender offer or request or invitation for tenders. These provisions could have the effect of deterring or delaying changes in incumbent management, proxy contests or changes in control.


16

Table of Contents

Our shareholders may experience further dilution as a result of future equity offerings or issuances.

In order to raise additional capital or pursue strategic transactions, we may in the future offer, issue or sell additional shares of our common stock or other equity securities. Our shareholders may experience significant dilution as a result of future equity offerings or issuances. Investors purchasing shares or other securities in the future could have rights superior to existing shareholders.

In addition, we have filed a registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission, allowing us to offer, from time to time and at any time, up to $100.0 million of equity securities (including common or preferred shares), subject to market conditions and other factors. The shares sold under the controlled equity offerings are the only equity securities sold pursuant to such registration statement thus far. Accordingly, we may, from time to time and at any time, seek to offer and sell our equity securities, including sales of shares of common stock, based upon market conditions and other factors.

Under a Controlled Equity Offering Sales Agreement entered into with Cantor Fitzgerald & Co. on August 9, 2013, we have sold approximately $14.6 million of shares of our common stock, as of December 31, 2014 , through "at-the-market" offerings, and may offer and sell, from time to time through such offerings an additional amount of up to an aggregate offering price of $25.0 million of shares of our common stock.

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments.

None.

Item 2. Properties.

Pertinent information concerning the principal properties of the Company and its subsidiaries is as follows:

Owned Properties:
Location
 
Type of Facility
 
Acreage (Land)
Square Footage
(Building)
Horseheads, New York
 
Manufacturing, Engineering, Turnkey Systems, Marketing, Sales, Demonstration, Service, and Administration
 
80 acres
515,000 sq. ft.
Jiaxing, China
 
Manufacturing, Engineering, Demonstration, and Administration (Buildings and improvements are owned by the Company; land is under 50-year lease expiring in November 2060)
 
7 acres
223,179 sq. ft
St. Gallen, Switzerland
 
Manufacturing, Engineering, Turnkey Systems, Marketing, Sales, Demonstration, Service, and Administration
 
8 acres
162,924 sq. ft.
Nan Tou City, Taiwan
 
Manufacturing, Engineering, Marketing, Sales, Demonstration, Service, and Administration
 
3 acres
123,204 sq. ft.
Romanshorn, Switzerland
 
Manufacturing
 
2 acres
42,324 sq. ft.
Biel, Switzerland
 
Manufacturing, Engineering, Service, and Turnkey Systems
 
4 acres
41,500 sq. ft.
Traverse City, Michigan
 
Manufacturing, Engineering, Marketing, Sales, Service, and Administration
 
2.4 acres
38,800 sq. ft.


17

Table of Contents

Leased Properties:
Location
 
Type of Facility
 
Square Footage
 
Lease
Expiration
Date
Leicester, England
 
Manufacturing, Sales, Marketing, Engineering, Turnkey Systems, Demonstration, Service, and Administration
 
55,000 sq. ft.
 
3/31/19
Ekrath, Germany
 
Sales, Service, Administration, Engineering, and Marketing
 
45,025 sq. ft.
 
4/30/2016
Reutlingen, Germany
 
Manufacturing and Engineering
 
39,547 sq. ft.
 
8/31/19
Shanghai, China
 
Marketing, Engineering, Turnkey Systems, Sales, Service, Demonstration, and Administration
 
38,820 sq. ft.
 
5/31/18
Elgin, Illinois
 
Manufacturing, Sales, Marketing, Engineering, Turnkey Systems, Demonstration, Service, and Administration
 
34,000 sq. ft.
 
12/31/17
Krefeld, Germany
 
Sales, Turnkey Systems, Service, Demonstration, and Administration
 
14,402 sq. ft.
 
3/31/20
Hyderabad, India
 
Manufacturing, Engineering, Marketing, Sales, Service, and Administration
 
10,000 sq. ft.
 
9/30/16
Biel, Switzerland
 
Manufacturing, Sales, Engineering, Turnkey Systems, Service, and Administration
 
7,995 sq. ft.
 
6/30/15
Noisy le Sec, France
 
Manufacturing, Engineering, Marketing, Sales, Administration, and Service
 
7,320 sq. ft.
 
12/31/19
St. Gallen, Switzerland
 
Manufacturing
 
7,136 sq. ft.
 
12/31/19
Bron, France
 
Marketing, Sales, Administration, and Service
 
2,680 sq. ft.
 
4/1/23

Item 3. Legal Proceedings.
 
The Company is from time to time involved in routine litigation incidental to its operations. None of the litigation in which we are currently involved, individually or in the aggregate, is anticipated to be material to our financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.
 
Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures.
 
Not Applicable.
 

18

Table of Contents

PART II

Item 5. Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.

The following table reflects the highest and lowest values at which our common stock traded in each quarter of the last two years. Our common stock trades on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol "HDNG". The table also includes dividends per share, by quarter:
 
2014
 
2013
 
Values
 
Values
 
High
 
Low
 
Dividends
 
High
 
Low
 
Dividends
Quarter Ended
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

March 31,
$
14.86

 
$
12.86

 
$
0.02

 
$
13.95

 
$
10.00

 
$
0.02

June 30,
14.66

 
11.40

 
0.02

 
14.97

 
11.91

 
0.02

September 30,
13.00

 
10.75

 
0.02

 
16.88

 
13.63

 
0.02

December 31,
12.59

 
9.77

 
0.02

 
15.68

 
13.79

 
0.02

    
At March 6, 2015 , there were 228 shareholders of record of our common stock.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

None.

Performance Graph

The graph below compares the five-year cumulative total return for Hardinge Inc. common stock with the comparable returns for the NASDAQ Stock Market (U.S.) Index and a group of 16 peer issuers, and our old peer group of 15 peer issuers. The companies included in our new peer group were selected based on comparability to Hardinge with respect to market capitalization, sales, manufactured products and international presence. Our new peer group includes Altra Holding, Inc., Cohu, Inc., Columbus McKinnon Corporation, Dynamic Materials Corporation, Electro Scientific Industries Inc., Global Power Equipment Group Inc., Hurco Companies Inc., Kadant Inc., Nanometrics Inc., Newport Corporation, NN, Inc., PMFG, Inc., Rudolph Technologies, Inc., Sifco Industries Inc., Transcat Inc., and Twin Disc Inc. Our old peer group included Flow International Corporation and Zygo Corporation, both of which were acquired during 2014 and were no longer publicly traded. We replaced these two companies with Dynamic Materials Corporation, PMFG, Inc., and Rudolph Technologies. Cumulative total return represents the change in stock price and the amount of dividends received during the indicated period, assuming reinvestment of dividends. The graph assumes an investment of $100 on December 31, 2009. The stock performance shown in the graph is included in response to SEC requirements and is not intended to forecast or to be indicative of future performance.


19

Table of Contents

COMPARISON OF 5 YEAR CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN*
Among Hardinge Inc., the NASDAQ Composite Index,
Old Peer Group and New Peer Group

____________________
* $100 invested on 12/31/09 in stock or index, including reinvestment of dividends.

Fiscal year ended December 31,
2009
 
2010
 
2011
 
2012
 
2013
 
2014
Hardinge Inc. 
$
100.00

 
$
177.92

 
$
147.94

 
$
184.21

 
$
269.72

 
$
223.60

NASDAQ Composite
100.00

 
118.02

 
117.04

 
137.47

 
192.62

 
221.02

Old Peer Group
100.00

 
159.20

 
149.42

 
138.66

 
189.30

 
185.28

New Peer Group
100.00

 
149.81

 
140.26

 
128.68

 
173.15

 
161.12


20

Table of Contents

Item 6. Selected Financial Data.

The following selected financial data is derived from the audited consolidated financial statements of the Company. The data should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements, related notes and other information included herein (amounts in thousands except per share data):
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Sales
$
311,633

 
$
329,459

 
$
334,413

 
$
341,573

 
$
257,007

Cost of sales
224,755

 
236,220

 
237,576

 
250,545

 
195,717

Gross profit
86,878

 
93,239

 
96,837

 
91,028

 
61,290

Selling, general and administrative expenses
81,045

 
79,533

 
76,196

 
73,599

 
65,650

Impairment charges (1)
5,766

 
6,239

 

 

 
(25
)
Other expense (income), net
514

 
471

 
559

 
832

 
(1,605
)
Operating (loss) income
(447
)
 
6,996

 
20,082

 
16,597

 
(2,730
)
Interest expense, net
678

 
1,064

 
741

 
238

 
336

(Loss) income from continuing operations before
   income taxes
(1,125
)
 
5,932

 
19,341

 
16,359

 
(3,066
)
Income taxes
1,233

 
1,537

 
1,486

 
4,373

 
2,168

(Loss) income from continuing operations
(2,358
)
 
4,395

 
17,855

 
11,986

 
(5,234
)
Gain from disposal of discontinued operation, and
   income from discontinued operations, net of tax (2)
218

 
5,532

 

 

 

Net (loss) income
$
(2,140
)
 
$
9,927

 
$
17,855

 
$
11,986

 
$
(5,234
)
PER SHARE DATA:
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Basic (loss) earnings per share:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Continuing operations
$
(0.19
)
 
$
0.37

 
$
1.53

 
$
1.03

 
$
(0.46
)
Discontinued operations
0.02

 
0.47

 

 

 

Basic (loss) earnings per share
$
(0.17
)
 
$
0.84

 
$
1.53


$
1.03

 
$
(0.46
)
Weighted average basic shares outstanding
12,661

 
11,801

 
11,557

 
11,463

 
11,409

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Diluted (loss) earnings per share:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Continuing operations
$
(0.19
)
 
$
0.37

 
$
1.53

 
$
1.02

 
$
(0.46
)
Discontinued operations
0.02

 
0.46

 

 

 

Diluted (loss) earnings per share
$
(0.17
)
 
$
0.83

 
$
1.53

 
$
1.02

 
$
(0.46
)
Weighted average diluted shares outstanding
12,661

 
11,891

 
11,596

 
11,548

 
11,409

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Cash dividends declared per share
$
0.08

 
$
0.08

 
$
0.08

 
$
0.05

 
$
0.02

BALANCE SHEET DATA:
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Working capital
$
134,338

 
$
136,931

 
$
128,069

 
$
126,851

 
$
126,669

Total assets
311,320

 
344,183

 
325,654

 
311,669

 
274,847

Total debt
16,225

 
26,635

 
19,989

 
21,537

 
5,044

Shareholders' equity
169,596

 
203,788

 
161,207

 
147,023

 
157,902

____________________
(1)  
2014 and 2013 results include non-cash charges of $5.8 million and $6.2 million , respectively, for impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets. $5.8 million and $5.1 million in 2014 and 2013 , respectively, was related to the impairment in the value of goodwill and the trade name associated with the purchase of Usach, and $1.1 million in 2013 was related to the impairment of the Forkardt trade name as a result of the Forkardt Swiss business divestiture.
(2)  
On December 31, 2013 , the Company divested its Forkardt operations in Switzerland for CHF 5.6 million , net of cash sold ( $6.3 million equivalent), resulting in a gain of $4.9 million . In March 2014, the Company recognized $0.2 million of additional consideration as a result of final working capital adjustments.


21

Table of Contents

Item 7.  Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.
 
Overview. We supply high precision computer controlled metalcutting turning machines, grinding machines, vertical machining centers, and repair parts related to those machines. The Company also engineers and supplies high precision, standard and specialty workholding devices, and other machine tool accessories. We believe our products are known for accuracy, reliability, durability and value. We are geographically diversified with manufacturing facilities in China, France, Germany, India, Switzerland, Taiwan, the United States (“U.S.”), and the United Kingdom (“U.K.”), with sales to most industrialized countries. Approximately 68% of our 2014 sales were to customers outside of North America, 71% of our 2014 products sold were manufactured outside of North America, and 67% of our employees in 2014 were employed outside of North America.
 
Metrics on machine tool market activity monitored by our management include world machine tool shipments, as reported annually by Gardner Publications in the Metalworking Insiders Report, and metal-cutting machine orders, as reported by the Association of Manufacturing Technology, the primary industry group for U.S. machine tool manufacturers. Other closely followed U.S. market indicators are tracked to determine activity levels in U.S. manufacturing plants that are prospective customers for our products. One such measurement is the Purchasing Managers Index, as reported by the Institute for Supply Management. Another measurement is capacity utilization of U.S. manufacturing plants, as reported by the Federal Reserve Board. Similar information regarding machine tool shipments and economic indicators in foreign countries is published by trade associations, government agencies, and economic services in those countries.
 
Non-machine sales, which include collets, chucks, accessories, repair parts and service revenue, accounted for approximately 34% of overall sales in 2014 and are an important part of our business due to an installed base of thousands of machines, and the growing needs demanded by specialty workholding applications. In the past, sales of these products and services have not fluctuated on a year-to-year basis as significantly as the sales of our machines have from time to time, but demand for these products and services typically track the direction of the related machine metrics.
 
Other key performance indicators are geographic distribution of net sales (“sales”) and net orders (“orders”), gross profit as a percent of sales, income from operations, working capital changes, and debt level trends. In an industry where constant product technology development has led to an average model life of three to five years, effectiveness of technological innovation and development of new products are also key performance indicators.
 
We are exposed to financial market risk resulting from changes in interest and foreign currency rates. Global economic conditions and related disruptions within the financial markets have also increased our exposure to the possible liquidity and credit risks of our counterparties. We believe we have sufficient liquidity to fund our foreseeable business needs, including cash and cash equivalents, cash flows from operations, our bank financing arrangements, and equity financing arrangements.
 
We monitor the third-party depository institutions that hold our cash and cash equivalents. Our emphasis is primarily on safety of principal. Our cash and cash equivalents are diversified among counterparties to minimize exposure to any one of these entities.
 
We are subject to credit risks relating to the ability of counterparties of hedging transactions to meet their contractual payment obligations. The risks related to creditworthiness and non-performance has been considered in the fair value measurements of our foreign currency forward exchange contracts.
 
We expect that some of our customers and vendors may experience difficulty in maintaining the liquidity required to buy inventory or raw materials. We continue to monitor our customers’ financial condition in order to mitigate the risk associated with our ability to collect on our accounts receivable.
 

22

Table of Contents

Foreign currency exchange rate changes can be significant to reported results for several reasons. Our primary competitors, particularly for the most technologically advanced products, are now largely manufacturers in Japan, Germany, Switzerland, Korea, and Taiwan, which causes the worldwide valuation of their respective currencies to be central to competitive pricing in all of our markets. The major functional currencies of our subsidiaries are the British Pound Sterling (“GBP”), Chinese Renminbi (“CNY”), Euro (“EUR”), New Taiwanese Dollar (“TWD”), and Swiss Franc (“CHF”). Under US GAAP, results of foreign subsidiaries are translated into U.S. Dollars (“USD”) at the average exchange rate during the periods presented. Period-to-period changes in the exchange rate between their local currency and the USD may affect comparative data significantly. We also purchase computer controls and other components from suppliers throughout the world, with purchase costs reflecting currency changes.
 
For the year ended December 31, 2014 , foreign currency fluctuations did not have a material impact on sales when compared to 2013 .

Results of Operations
 
Presented below is summarized selected financial data for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 (in thousands): 
 
2014
 
% of Sales
 
2013
 
% of Sales
 
$
Change
 
%
Change
Sales
$
311,633

 


 
$
329,459

 
 
 
$
(17,826
)
 
(5.4
)%
Gross profit
86,878

 
27.9
 %
 
93,239

 
28.3
%
 
(6,361
)
 
(6.8
)%
Selling, general and administrative expenses
81,045

 
26.0
 %
 
79,533

 
24.1
%
 
1,512

 
1.9
 %
Impairment charges
5,766

 


 
6,239

 
 
 
(473
)
 
(7.6
)%
Other expense, net
514

 
 
 
471

 
 
 
43

 
9.1
 %
(Loss) income from operations
(447
)
 
(0.1
)%
 
6,996

 
2.1
%
 
(7,443
)
 
(106.4
)%
Interest expense, net
678

 
 
 
1,064

 
 
 
(386
)
 
(36.3
)%
(Loss) income from continuing operations before
   income taxes
(1,125
)
 


 
5,932

 
 
 
(7,057
)
 
(119.0
)%
Income taxes
1,233

 
 
 
1,537

 
 
 
(304
)
 
(19.8
)%
Net (loss) income from continuing operations
(2,358
)
 
(0.8
)%
 
4,395

 
1.3
%
 
(6,753
)
 
(153.7
)%
Gain from disposal of discontinued operation and
   income from discontinued operations, net of tax
218

 
 
 
5,532

 
 
 
(5,314
)
 
(96.1
)%
Net (loss) income
$
(2,140
)
 
(0.7
)%
 
$
9,927

 
3.0
%
 
$
(12,067
)
 
(121.6
)%

Sales . The table below summarizes sales by each corresponding geographical region for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to the year ended December 31, 2013 (in thousands):
 
 
2014
 
2013
 
Change
 
$
 
%
 
$
 
%
 
$
 
%
Sales to customers in:
North America
$
100,894

 
32.3
%
 
$
109,457

 
33.2
%
 
$
(8,563
)
 
(7.8
)%
Europe
103,063

 
33.1
%
 
100,126

 
30.4
%
 
2,937

 
2.9
 %
Asia
107,676

 
34.6
%
 
119,876

 
36.4
%
 
(12,200
)
 
(10.2
)%
Total
$
311,633

 
100.0
%
 
$
329,459

 
100.0
%
 
$
(17,826
)
 
(5.4
)%

Sales for the year ended December 31, 2014 were $311.6 million , a decrease of $17.8 million , or 5.4% when compared to the prior year. The leading cause of the overall decline in sales as compared to the prior year was primarily a result of lower sales volume at Usach of $17.9 million , due to the unusually strong shipments in 2013 that resulted from the significant backlog acquired at the end of 2012, combined with an overall decline in sales of the Company's other machine solutions of $15.4 million . These decreases were offset in part by the full year impact of the acquisition of Forkardt, which contributed $15.3 million in incremental sales during the year ended December 31, 2014
 

23


North America sales were $100.9 million and $109.5 million , respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 , a decrease of $8.6 million , or 7.8% . The current year decrease is driven by the reduction in Usach sales as mentioned above of $8.2 million , combined with reduced sales levels of the company’s other grinding machines of $7.7 million , partially offset by the full year impact of the acquisition of Forkardt, which contributed $6.2 million in incremental sales during the year ended December 31, 2014 .
 
Europe sales were $103.1 million and $100.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 , respectively, an increase of $2.9 million , or 2.9% . The full year impact of the acquisition of Forkardt contributed $7.7 million in incremental sales, offset by lower turning and milling machine sales of $5.3 million in 2014 .
 
Asia sales were $107.7 million and $119.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 , respectively, a decrease of $12.2 million , or 10.2% . This decrease was primarily due to the decrease in Usach sales of $9.7 million , combined with an overall decrease in other grinding machine sales of $1.9 million , along with an unfavorable impact from currency exchange rate fluctuations of $1.1 million . The full year impact of the acquisition of Forkardt partially offset the overall decrease in sales, contributing $1.4 million in incremental sales. Demand from customers in China is the key driver of the performance of the machine tool industry, and while recent machine tool industry data from China is reporting a current year decline in demand, Hardinge has been able to maintain sales volume levels in the primary customer segments that it serves.
 
Sales of machines accounted for approximately 66% of the consolidated sales for the year ended December 31, 2014 , compared to 72% in 2013 . Sales of non-machine products and services, primarily consisting of collets, chucks, accessories, repair parts, and service revenue, accounted for 34% of the consolidated sales for the year ended December 31, 2014 , compared to 28% in 2013 . The increase in the portion of non-machine sales over total sales during the year ended December 31, 2014 when compared to 2013 was primarily driven by sales activity from the acquired Forkardt business.
 
Gross Profit.  Gross profit was $86.9 million , or 27.9% of sales for the year ended December 31, 2014 , compared to $93.2 million , or 28.3% of sales in 2013 . The decline in gross margin was primarily a result of lower production levels in the Company’s grinding facilities, which resulted in lower factory absorption.
 
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses.  Selling, general and administrative (“SG&A”) expenses were $81.0 million , or 26.0% of net sales for the year ended December 31, 2014 , an increase of $1.5 million or 1.9% , compared to $79.5 million , or 24.1% of net sales for the year ended December 31, 2013 . SG&A for the year ended December 31, 2014 included $4.3 million of incremental SG&A expense from our Forkardt acquisition, offset in part by the impact of $2.2 million of acquisition related expenses included in prior year, $0.6 million of additional SG&A from our Voumard acquisition, and $0.4 million of unfavorable impact from changes in currency exchange rates. Excluding the impact of the acquisitions and foreign currency rate fluctuations, SG&A decreased by $1.6 million compared to 2013 , primarily as a result of charges recorded in 2013 related to the change in our sales distribution in the United Kingdom, for which there are no correlated charges in 2014 .

Impairment Charges . An impairment charge to goodwill of $4.8 million and the Usach trade name of $0.9 million was recorded in the third quarter of 2014 as a result of impairment indicators being present in our Usach reporting unit. In 2013 , we recorded a non-cash impairment charge of $5.1 million to reduce the value of goodwill and the trade name associated with the purchase of Usach. As a result of these charges in 2014 and 2013 , all of the goodwill related to the Usach acquisition has been written off. In addition, in conjunction with the divestiture of the Forkardt Swiss business in 2013 , we recorded a $1.1 million non-cash charge associated with the Forkardt trade name.

(Loss) Income from Continuing Operations Before Income Taxes . As a result of the foregoing, net loss from continuing operations was $1.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 , compared to net income from continuing operations of $5.9 million in 2013 .
 
Income Taxes.  The provision for income taxes was $1.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 , compared to $1.5 million in 2013 . The effective tax rates were (109.6)% for the year ended December 31, 2014 , compared to 25.9% in 2013 , which differ from the U.S. statutory rate primarily due to the mix of earnings by country and by the non-recognition of tax benefits for certain entities in a loss position for which a full valuation allowance has been recorded. The effective tax rate was influenced by the previously aforementioned impairment charges.
 
We continually assess all available positive and negative evidence in accordance with ASC Topic 740 to evaluate whether deferred tax assets are realizable. To the extent that it is more likely than not that all or a portion of our deferred tax assets in a particular jurisdiction will not be realized, a valuation allowance is recorded. We currently maintain a valuation allowance against all or a portion of our deferred tax assets in the U.S., Canada, U.K., Germany, and the Netherlands.
 

24


Gain from Disposal of Discontinued Operation and Income from Discontinued Operations, net of tax. On December 31, 2013 , we sold our Forkardt Swiss business for CHF  5.6 million , net of cash sold ( $6.3 million equivalent) and recognized a gain of $4.9 million . In March 2014, the Company recognized $0.2 million of additional consideration as a result of final working capital adjustments associated with the sale of our Forkardt Swiss business. Net income associated with the Forkardt Swiss business was $0.6 million , net of tax, for the year ended December 31, 2013 .

Net (Loss) Income.  As a result of the foregoing, net loss for the year ended December 31, 2014 was $2.1 million , or 0.7% of net sales, compared to net income of $9.9 million , or 3.0% of net sales in 2013 . Both basic and diluted loss per share for the year ended December 31, 2014 were $0.17 , compared to basic earnings per share of $0.84 and diluted earnings per share of $0.83 in 2013 .

Business Segment Information — Comparison of the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013
 
Metalcutting Machine Solutions Segment (in thousands):
 
Year Ended 
 December 31,
 
 
 
 
 
2014
 
2013
 
$ Change
 
% Change
Sales
$
243,199

 
$
278,377

 
$
(35,178
)
 
(12.6
)%
Segment income
3,950

 
16,338

 
(12,388
)
 
(75.8
)%
 
MMS sales declined by $35.2 million , or 12.6% in the year ended December 31, 2014 when compared with 2013 . The primary driver was the previously lower sales volume at Usach of $17.9 million , due to the unusually strong shipments in 2013 that resulted from the significant backlog acquired at the end of 2012, combined with lower levels of machine sales throughout the world due to economic uncertainty, which impacted levels of capital investment made in our major markets.
 
Segment income was $4.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 , or $12.4 million below 2013 performance. The main factor contributing to the decline in segment income was the impact of lower sales volumes, combined with lower production levels due to lower machine demand that resulted in under absorption of factory costs.
 
Aftermarket Tooling and Accessories Segment (ATA)   (in thousands):
 
Year Ended 
 December 31,
 
 
 
 
 
2014
 
2013
 
$ Change
 
% Change
Sales
$
68,788

 
$
51,553

 
$
17,235

 
33.4
%
Segment income
6,708

 
5,689

 
1,019

 
17.9
%
 
ATA sales for the year ended December 31, 2014 were $68.8 million , an increase of $17.2 million when compared to 2013 . Virtually all of the additional sales were generated from the full year impact of the acquired Forkardt business in May of 2013.
 
Segment income for the year ended December 31, 2014 was $6.7 million , a 17.9% increase over 2013 . The additional income was driven by the incremental Forkardt sales volume, offset in part by lower productivity in Germany, which resulted in lower profitability.


25


Segment Summary For the Year Ended December 31, 2014  (in thousands):
 
Year Ended December 31, 2014
 
MMS
 
ATA
 
Inter-Segment
Eliminations
 
Total
Sales
$
243,199

 
$
68,788

 
$
(354
)
 
$
311,633

Segment income
3,950

 
6,708

 
 

 
10,658

Unallocated corporate expense
 

 
 

 
 

 
(5,540
)
Acquisition related inventory step-up charge
 
 
 
 
 
 
(86
)
Acquisition related expenses
 
 
 
 
 
 
(178
)
Impairment charges
 
 
 
 
 
 
(5,766
)
Interest expense, net
 

 
 

 
 

 
(678
)
Other unallocated income
 

 
 

 
 

 
465

Loss from continuing operations, before income taxes
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
(1,125
)

Comparison of the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012

Presented below is summarized selected financial data for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 (in thousands): 
 
2013
 
% of Sales
 
2012
 
% of Sales
 
$
Change
 
%
Change
Sales
$
329,459

 
 
 
$
334,413

 
 
 
$
(4,954
)
 
(1.5
)%
Gross profit
93,239

 
28.3
%
 
96,837

 
29.0
%
 
(3,598
)
 
(3.7
)%
Selling, general and administrative expenses
79,533

 
24.1
%
 
76,196

 
22.8
%
 
3,337

 
4.4
 %
Impairment charges
6,239

 
 
 

 
 
 
6,239

 
NM

Other expense, net
471

 
 
 
559

 
 
 
(88
)
 
(15.7
)%
Income from operations
6,996

 
2.1
%
 
20,082

 
6.0
%
 
(13,086
)
 
(65.2
)%
Interest expense, net
1,064

 
 
 
741

 
 
 
323

 
43.6
 %
Income from continuing operations before income
   taxes
5,932

 
 
 
19,341

 
 
 
(13,409
)
 
(69.3
)%
Income taxes
1,537

 
 
 
1,486

 
 
 
51

 
3.4
 %
Net income from continuing operations
4,395

 
1.3
%
 
17,855

 
5.3
%
 
(13,460
)
 
(75.4
)%
Gain from disposal of discontinued operation and
   income from discontinued operations, net of tax
5,532

 
 
 

 
 
 
5,532

 
NM

Net income
$
9,927

 
3.0
%
 
$
17,855

 
5.3
%
 
$
(7,928
)
 
(44.4
)%
____________________
NM = Not Meaningful

Sales. Sales for 2013 were $329.5 million , a decrease of $5.0 million compared to 2012 sales of $334.4 million . Foreign currency translation had a favorable impact of approximately $2.9 million when compared to 2012 . Sales from the newly acquired businesses contributed $47.8 million in 2013 . Excluding the sales from the newly acquired businesses and the favorable foreign currency impact, sales decreased by $55.7 million , or 17%, when compared to 2012 . The sales reduction was primarily a result of unfavorable market conditions for capital spending on machine tools in our European and Asian markets.

    

26


The table below summarizes sales by each corresponding geographical region for the years ended December 31, 2013 compared to the year ended 2012 (in thousands):
 
 
2013
 
2012
 
Change
 
$
 
%
 
$
 
%
 
$
 
%
Sales to customers in:
North America
$
109,457

 
33.2
%
 
$
83,546

 
25.0
%
 
$
25,911

 
31.0
 %
Europe
100,126

 
30.4
%
 
121,008

 
36.2
%
 
(20,882
)
 
(17.3
)%
Asia
119,876

 
36.4
%
 
129,859

 
38.8
%
 
(9,983
)
 
(7.7
)%
Total
$
329,459

 
100.0
%
 
$
334,413

 
100.0
%
 
$
(4,954
)
 
(1.5
)%

North America sales increased by $25.9 million or 31% for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to 2012 . Included in the North American results were $26.8 million of sales from the newly acquired businesses. Excluding those sales, organic sales would have been down by $0.9 million or 1% when compared with 2012 . This organic sales performance had the benefit of a strong machine backlog at the end of 2012 for North American demand.

Europe sales decreased $20.9 million or 17% for the year 2013 compared to 2012 . Included in these sales were $10.0 million of sales from the newly acquired businesses. 2013 sales to this region were favorably influenced by foreign currency translation of approximately $1.0 million . Exclusive of the currency impact and sales from acquisitions, Europe sales decreased by $31.9 million , or 26%, compared to 2012 . The decrease is primarily attributable to continued economic uncertainty throughout most of Europe, especially for high end machine tools. In addition, changes made in sales channel strategies for the UK, resulted in providing discounts to a new distribution partner, while at the same time, enabling a $5.9 million reduction in selling expenses.

Asia sales decreased by $10.0 million or 8% for the year 2013 compared to 2012 . Sales from the newly acquired businesses contributed $11.0 million of sales. Sales in this region in 2013 were favorably influenced by foreign currency translation of approximately $1.9 million . Exclusive of the impact of the newly acquired businesses and the impact of currency, organic sales declined by $22.9 million or 18%, compared to 2012 . This decline is primarily as result of a decelerating Chinese economy, in addition to the non-recurrence of $16.0 million in sales for several large specialty multi-machine orders to the consumer electronics industry in 2012 .

Machine sales represented approximately 72% and 78% of sales in 2013 and 2012 , respectively. Sales of non-machine products and services, primarily workholding, repair parts, and accessories made up the balance.

Gross Profit. Gross profit was $93.2 million or 28.3% of sales in 2013 , compared to $96.8 million , or 29.0% of sales in 2012 . Included in the reported gross profit was $1.9 million of inventory step-up charges related to the purchase accounting adjustments for the Usach and Forkardt acquisitions. Excluding those charges, gross profit would have been $95.1 million or 28.9%, which is down by 0.1 points compared to 2012 . The decrease in gross profit is primarily attributable to lower volume in our machine business, which resulted in lower factory absorption offset by the increased volume in our workholding and accessories business.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses. Selling, general and administrative ("SG&A") expense for the year 2013 was $79.5 million , or 24.1% of sales, compared to $76.2 million , or 22.8% of sales in 2012 . The 2013 increase in SG&A included expenses associated with the newly acquired businesses of $9.7 million in addition to $2.2 million associated with due diligence and transaction costs for the Forkardt acquisition. Excluding those costs, the organic business reduced expenses by $8.6 million, of which $5.9 million is related to the change in our sales distribution in the UK that was previously discussed. Excluding the due diligence and transaction costs, SG&A as a percent of sales would have been 23.5%, or 0.7 points higher than 2012 performance. On an adjusted basis, the increase in SG&A as a percentage of sales for 2012 was primarily driven by reduced sales volume in our machine business.
    
Impairment charges. As part of the company's review of goodwill and other intangible assets under Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 350, the Company recorded a non-cash charge of $5.1 million reducing the value of goodwill and the trade name associated with the purchase of Usach. In addition, in conjunction with the divestiture of the company's Forkardt Swiss business, the Company recorded a $1.1 million non-cash charge associated with the Forkardt trade name.

Other Expense, net. Other expense was $0.5 million in 2013 and $0.6 million in 2012 . The expense in both years is primarily related to foreign currency losses.


27


Income from Operations. Income from operations in 2013 was $7.0 million , compared to $20.1 million in 2012 . The decrease in income from operations was driven by lower organic sales volume, $6.2 million in impairment charges, and $4.1 million in acquisition and inventory step up costs.

Interest Expense, net . Interest expense includes interest incurred on borrowings under our credit facilities, amortization of deferred financing costs associated with these facilities and related commitment fees. Interest expense for 2013 was $1.1 million compared to $0.9 million for 2012 . The increase in interest expense for 2013 compared to 2012 is mainly attributable our higher average outstanding indebtedness related to the term loan associated with the Forkardt acquisition.

Income from Continuing Operations before income taxes. Income from continuing operations before tax was $5.9 million in 2013 compared to $19.3 million in 2012 . The decrease in income from continuing operations before tax was driven by lower organic sales volume, $6.2 million in impairment charges, and $4.1 million in acquisition and inventory step up costs.

  Income Taxes. Income tax expense was $1.5 million in 2013 and 2012 . The effective tax rate was 25.9% in 2013 and 7.7% in 2012 . Generally, income tax expense represents tax expense on profits in certain of the Company's foreign subsidiaries. The effective tax rate in 2013 was unfavorably influenced by the previously aforementioned impairment charges that did not provide a tax benefit. Excluding the impairment charge, the effective tax rate would have been 14.5%. In addition, in 2012 , the Company recorded a $2.7 million reduction of valuation allowances required on certain deferred tax assets as a result of the acquisition of Usach. Excluding the valuation allowance adjustment, the effective tax rate in 2012 would have been 21.7%.

We continually assess all available positive and negative evidence in accordance with ASC Topic 740 to evaluate whether deferred tax assets are realizable. To the extent that it is more likely than not that all or a portion of our deferred tax assets in a particular jurisdiction will not be realized, a valuation allowance is recorded. We currently maintain a valuation allowance against all or a portion of our deferred tax assets in the U.S., Canada, U.K., Germany, and the Netherlands.

Net Income from Continuing Operations. Income from continuing operations in 2013 was $4.4 million compared with $17.9 million in 2012 . The decrease was a result of lower organic sales volume, $6.2 million in impairment charges, and $4.1 million in acquisition and inventory step up costs, in addition to the non-recurrence of the 2012 $2.7 million tax valuation adjustment.

Gain from Disposal of Discontinued Operation and Income from Discontinued Operations, net of tax. On December 31, 2013 , we sold our Forkardt Swiss business for CHF  5.6 million , net of cash sold ( $6.3 million equivalent) and recognized a gain of $4.9 million . Net income associated with the Forkardt Swiss business was $0.6 million , net of tax, for the year ended December 31, 2013 .

Net Income. Net income for 2013 was $9.9 million , or 3.0% of sales, compared to $17.9 million , or 5.3% of sales in 2012 . Basic earnings per share were $0.84 for 2013 and $1.53 for 2012 . Diluted earnings per share were $0.83 for 2013 and $1.53 for 2012 .

Business Segment Information — Comparison of the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012

Metalcutting Machine Solutions Segment (in thousands):
 
Year Ended 
 December 31,
 
 
 
 
 
2013
 
2012
 
$ Change
 
% Change
Sales
$
278,377

 
$
306,328

 
$
(27,951
)
 
(9.1
)%
Segment income
16,338

 
22,556

 
(6,218
)
 
(27.6
)%

MMS sales declined by $28.0 million or 9.1% in 2013 when compared with 2012 . The primary driver was softer demand for machine tool consumption in Europe and North America. This was partially offset by $26.0 million of acquired grinding backlog from Usach in December of 2012 that was shipped to customers in 2013 .

Segment profitability in 2013 was $16.3 million , or $6.2 million below 2012 performance. The primary factor in reduced profitability was lower demand for Swiss and Taiwanese made product which resulted lower utilization of our factories, and lower profitability. The impact of lower utilization was partially offset by income generated by sales from the Usach acquisition.


28


Aftermarket Tooling and Accessories Segment (ATA)   (in thousands):
 
Year Ended 
 December 31,
 
 
 
 
 
2013
 
2012
 
$ Change
 
% Change
Sales
$
51,553

 
$
28,989

 
$
22,564

 
77.8
%
Segment income
5,689

 
5,128

 
561

 
10.9
%

ATA sales were $51.6 million , an increase of $22.6 million when compared with 2012 . Virtually all of the additional sales were generated from the newly acquired Forkardt business in May of 2013.

Segment profitability in 2013 was $5.7 million or 10.9% over prior year. The additional income was driven by the Forkardt sales volume, and was negatively influenced by unfavorable product mix and supply chain disruption for Forkardt Europe as well as productivity investments in the U.S., which resulted in lower than expected profitability.

Segment Summary For the Year Ended   December 31, 2013 (in thousands):
 
Year Ended December 31, 2013
 
MMS
 
ATA
 
Inter-Segment
Eliminations
 
Total
Sales
$
278,377

 
$
51,553

 
$
(471
)
 
$
329,459

Segment income
16,338

 
5,689

 
 

 
22,027

Unallocated corporate expense
 

 
 

 
 

 
(4,563
)
Acquisition related inventory step-up charge
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1,927
)
Acquisition related expenses
 
 
 
 
 
 
(2,154
)
Impairment charges
 
 
 
 
 
 
(6,239
)
Interest expense, net
 

 
 

 
 

 
(1,064
)
Other unallocated expense
 
 
 
 
 
 
(148
)
Income from continuing operations, before income taxes
 

 
 

 
 

 
$
5,932


Liquidity and Capital Resources

The Company's principal capital requirements are to fund its operations, including working capital, to purchase and fund improvements to its facilities, machines and equipment, and to fund acquisitions.

At December 31, 2014 , cash and cash equivalents were $16.3 million , compared to $34.7 million at December 31, 2013 . The current ratio at December 31, 2014 was 2.91 :1 compared to 2.62 :1 at December 31, 2013 .

At December 31, 2014 and 2013 , total debt outstanding, including notes payable, was $16.2 million and $26.6 million , respectively.

Summary of Cash Flows for the Year Ended December 31, 2014 , 2013 and 2012 :
 
During the year ended December 31, 2014 , we generated $3.2 million net cash from operating activities. The net cash generated was driven by a net loss (as adjusted for depreciation and amortization expense and impairment loss), an increase in accounts payable due to timing of purchases and payment activity, and decreases in other assets. These cash inflows were offset in part by an increase in customer receivables due to the timing of sales and collection activity, a decrease in accrued expenses, primarily as a result of lower accrued commissions and bonuses as a result of lower current year sales, a decrease in customer deposits due to timing of shipments and new orders received, and an increase in inventories based on orders and associated production levels.

During the year ended December 31, 2013 , we generated $25.8 million net cash in operating activities. The generation of net cash was primarily driven by a decrease in inventory levels, combined with net income, as adjusted for impairment charges and depreciation and amortization expense. The cash inflow was offset in part by a decrease in accrued expenses and accounts payable, primarily as a result of slowing business activities as a result of lower order levels, and a decrease in customer deposits, driven by the fulfillment of customer orders.

29



During the year ended December 31, 2012 , we generated $23.4 million net cash in operating activities. The generation of net cash was primarily driven by collections on customer receivables, reduced inventory levels, and releases of restricted cash. The cash inflow was offset in part by a decrease in accounts payable and accrued expenses, which decreased due to slowing business activities as a result of lower order levels, and lower customer deposits, which decreased as customer orders were fulfilled and delivered.
 
Net cash used in investing activities was $8.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 . The primary uses of cash was for the acquisitions of Forkardt India and Voumard totaling $5.7 million , combined with capital expenditures during the year of $3.2 million , which were made primarily for maintenance capital purchases. These cash outflows were offset in part by additional consideration of $0.2 million received during the current year as a result of the final working capital adjustments on the sale of the Forkardt Switzerland operations, and proceeds from the sale of fixed assets made during the ordinary course of business of $0.2 million .

Net cash used in investing activities was $31.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 . In May of 2013, we used $34.3 million net cash to acquire Forkardt. In addition, we used $3.9 million in cash for capital expenditures, which were made primarily for maintenance capital purchases. These cash outflows were offset in part by $6.3 million in proceeds generated from Forkardt Swiss business divestiture.

Net cash used in investing activities was $15.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 . In December of 2012, we used $8.8 million net cash to acquire Usach. In addition, we used $7.6 million in cash for capital expenditures, primarily for the expansion of manufacturing facilities in Switzerland and China, combined with purchases made during the ordinary course of business.
 
Net cash flow used by financing activities was $12.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 . Cash used was primarily attributable to $9.3 million of payments on long-term debt due to the mandatory principal payments in connection with the at-the-market stock offering program, pay down of debt with a portion of the proceeds from the sale of the Forkardt Switzerland operations, and normal scheduled payment activity, combined with a $7.5 million payment of contingent consideration in connection with the Usach acquisition, and year-to-date dividends paid of $1.0 million . These cash outflows were offset in part by $5.7 million of proceeds from sale of common stock in connection with the at-the-market stock offering sales agreement entered into on August 9, 2013.

During the year ended December 31, 2013 , net cash provided by financing activities was $13.7 million . Cash provided by financing activities was primarily due to $33.8 million in term loan proceeds used to partially fund the acquisition of Forkardt, as well as additional borrowings under our existing credit facilities to align financing activities to current working capital needs. Additionally, we received $8.9 million of proceeds from sale of common stock in connection with the at-the-market stock offering sales agreement entered into on August 9, 2013. These cash inflows were partially offset by payments on long-term debt of $15.7 million , and net payments on notes payable of $11.3 million .

During the year ended December 31, 2012 , net cash used in financing activities was $3.1 million . Cash used in financing activities was mainly the result of net payments on notes payable of $1.9 million , and pay down of long-term debt of $1.6 million , offset in part by borrowings on long-term debt of $1.3 million .

Credit Facilities and Financing Arrangements:

We maintain financing arrangements with several financial institutions. These financing arrangements are in the form of long term loans, credit facilities, and lines of credit. The credit facilities allow the Company to borrow up to $82.1 million at December 31, 2014 , of which $57.3 million can be borrowed for working capital needs. As of December 31, 2014 , $74.9 million was available for borrowing under these arrangements of which $56.5 million was available for working capital needs. Total consolidated borrowings outstanding were $16.2 million at December 31, 2014 and $26.6 million at December 31, 2013 . Details of these financing arrangements are discussed below.


30


Long-term Debt

In May 2006 , Hardinge Taiwan Precision Machinery Limited, an indirectly wholly-owned subsidiary in Taiwan, entered into a mortgage loan with a local bank. The principal amount of the loan is 180.0 million New Taiwanese Dollars ("TWD") ( $5.7 million equivalent). The loan, which matures in June 2016 , is secured by real property owned and requires quarterly principal payment in the amount of TWD 4.5 million ( $0.1 million equivalent). The loan interest rate, 1.75% at December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 , is based on the bank's one year fixed savings rate plus 0.4% . The principal amount outstanding was TWD 27.0 million ( $0.9 million equivalent) at December 31, 2014 and TWD 45.0 million ( $1.5 million equivalent) at December 31, 2013 .

In August 2011 , Hardinge Precision Machinery (Jiaxing) Company Ltd. ("Hardinge Jiaxing"), an indirectly wholly-owned subsidiary in China, entered into a loan agreement with a local bank. This agreement, which expired in January 2014 , provided up to 25.0 million in Chinese Yuan ("CNY") ( $4.0 million equivalent) for plant construction and fixed assets acquisition purposes. The interest rate, 7.38% at December 31, 2013 , was the bank base rate plus a 20% mark-up and was subject to adjustment annually. The principal amount outstanding was CNY 9.0 million ( $1.5 million equivalent) at December 31, 2013 . This balance was paid off in 2014 and the facility was not renewed.

In May 2013 , the Company and Hardinge Holdings GmbH, a direct wholly-owned subsidiary, entered into a term loan agreement with a bank pursuant to which the bank provided a $23.0 million secured term loan facility for the acquisition of Forkardt. The agreement, which matures in April 2018 , calls for scheduled annual principal repayments of $1.7 million , $2.1 million , $2.1 million , and $1.0 million , in 2015 , 2016 , 2017 , and 2018 respectively. In October 2013, the term loan agreement was amended. The amendment reduced mandatory principal payments associated with the sale of the Company's common stock under the stock offering program as described in Note 12. "Shareholders' Equity" of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements set forth in Item 8 of this Form 10-K from 75% of net proceeds to 25% of net proceeds. This amendment was retroactive for all sales of common stock under this stock offering program. The Company made principal payments of $2.1 million and $1.5 million in 2014 and 2013 , respectively, with stock offering proceeds. The interest rate on the term loan is determined from a pricing grid with the London Interbank Offered Rate ("LIBOR") and base rate options based on the Company's leverage ratio and was 2.44% at both December 31, 2014 and 2013 . LIBOR is the average interest rate estimated by leading banks in London that they would be charged when borrowing from other banks. The principal amount outstanding at December 31, 2014 and 2013 was $6.8 million and $10.1 million , respectively.

In November 2013 , the Company and Hardinge Holdings GmbH entered into a replacement term note agreement with the same bank pursuant to which the bank converted $10.8 million of the outstanding principal on the term loan to CHF  3.8 million ( $3.8 million equivalent) and EUR  5.0 million ( $6.0 million equivalent) borrowings. The agreement calls for scheduled annual principal repayments in CHF and EUR. The scheduled annual principal repayments in CHF are as follows: CHF  0.6 million ( $0.6 million equivalent) in 2015 , and CHF  0.6 million ( $0.6 million equivalent) in 2016 . The scheduled annual principal repayments in EUR are as follows: EUR 0.7 million ( $0.9 million equivalent) in 2015 , EUR 0.9 million ( $1.1 million equivalent) in 2016 and 2017 , and EUR $1.9 million ( $2.3 million equivalent) in 2018 . Additionally, the Company was required to pay a portion of the proceeds of the sale of Forkardt Switzerland against the CHF portion of the loan. The Company made a CHF  2.2 million ( $2.4 million equivalent) principal payment in January 2014, to fulfill this obligation. The interest rate on the CHF and EUR portion of the term loan is determined from a pricing grid with the Swiss franc LIBOR ("CHF LIBOR") or the Euro Interbank Offered Rate ("EURIBOR") and base rate options based on the Company's leverage ratio and was 2.27% and 2.46% at December 31, 2014 , respectively. The interest rate on the CHF and EUR portion of the term loan was 2.27% and 2.48% at December 31, 2013 , respectively. The principal amounts outstanding at December 31, 2014 were CHF  1.2 million ( $1.2 million equivalent), and EUR 4.4 million ( $5.3 million equivalent). The principal amounts outstanding at December 31, 2013 were CHF  3.7 million ( $4.2 million equivalent), and EUR 4.9 million ( $6.7 million equivalent).

The term loan is secured by (i) liens on all of the Company's U.S. assets (exclusive of real property); (ii) a pledge of 65% of the Company's investment in Holdings GmbH; (iii) a negative pledge on the Company's headquarters in Elmira, New York; (iv) liens on all of the personal property assets of Usach, Forkardt Inc. (Formerly Cherry Acquisition Corporation) and Hardinge Technology Systems Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary and owner of the real property comprising the Company's world headquarters in Elmira, New York ("Technology"); and (v) negative pledges on the intellectual property of the Revolving Credit Borrowers and Technology.


31


The loan agreement contains financial covenants requiring a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio of not less than 1.15 to 1.00 (tested quarterly on a rolling four-quarter basis), a maximum consolidated total leverage ratio of 3.00 to 1.00 (tested quarterly on a rolling four-quarter basis), and maximum annual consolidated capital expenditures of $10.0 million . The loan agreement also contains such other representations, affirmative and negative covenants, prepayment provisions and events of default that are customary for these types of transactions. At December 31, 2014 , the Company was in compliance with the covenants under the loan agreement.

In July 2013 , Hardinge Holdings GmbH, a direct wholly-owned subsidiary, and Kellenberger & Co. AG, an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, entered into a credit facility agreement with a bank whereby the bank made available a CHF  2.6 million ( $2.6 million equivalent) mortgage loan facility. This facility is to be used by Kellenberger and replaces an existing mortgage loan that Kellenberger maintained with the same bank. Interest on the facility accrues at a fixed rate of 2.50% per annum, compared to 2.65% fixed interest rate on the previous mortgage loan. Principal payments of CHF  0.2 million ( $0.2 million equivalent) are due in June and December in each year of the term, with the remaining outstanding balance of principal and accrued interest due in full at the final maturity in December 2016 . The principal amount outstanding was CHF  2.1 million ( $2.1 million equivalent) at December 31, 2014 , and CHF  2.4 million ( $2.7 million equivalent) at December 31, 2013 .

The terms of the credit facility contains customary representations, affirmative, negative and financial covenants and events of default. The credit facility is secured by a mortgage on the subsidiary's facility in Romanshorn, Switzerland. The facility is subject to a minimum equity covenant requirement whereby the economic equity of the subsidiary must be at least 35% of the subsidiary's balance sheet total assets. At December 31, 2014 , the Company was in compliance with the covenants under the loan agreement.

Foreign Credit Facilities

In December 2012 , Hardinge Jiaxing entered into a secured credit facility with a local bank. This facility provided up to CNY 34.2 million ( $5.5 million equivalent) or its equivalent in other currencies for working capital and letter of credit purposes. In January 2014 , Hardinge Jiaxing amended this facility, which increased the total availability under the facility to CNY 59.0 million ( $9.5 million equivalent) or its equivalent in other currencies, and expires on December 20, 2015 . Borrowings for working capital purposes were increased from a limit of CNY 20.0 million ( $3.2 million equivalent) to CNY 39.0 million (approximately $6.3 million ). Borrowings under the credit facility are secured by real property owned by the subsidiary. The interest rate on the credit facility is based on the basic interest rate as published by the People's Bank of China, plus a 10% mark-up, amounting to 6.16% and 6.60% at December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 , respectively. There was no principal amount outstanding under this facility at December 31, 2014 or December 31, 2013 .

In July 2013 , Hardinge Machine Tools B.V., Taiwan Branch, an indirectly wholly-owned subsidiary in Taiwan, entered into a new unsecured credit facility, which was renewed in June 2014 . This facility, which expires in June 2015 , provides up to $12.0 million , or its equivalent in other currencies, for working capital and export business purposes. This credit facility charged interest at 1.44% at December 31, 2014 and 1.54% at December 31, 2013 , is subject to change by the lender based on market conditions, and carried no commitment fees on unused funds. There were no principal amounts outstanding under this facility at December 31, 2014 or December 31, 2013 .

In September 2014 , Hardinge Machine (Shanghai) Co., Ltd., an indirectly wholly-owned subsidiary in China, entered into a new credit facility. This facility, which expires in July 2015 , provides up to CNY 34.0 million ( $5.5 million equivalent) for letters of guarantee. Individual letters of guarantee issued under this facility require a cash deposit at the bank of 30% of the letter’s face value. The total issued letters of guarantee at December 31, 2014 had a face value of CNY 0.7 million (approximately $0.1 million ).

In July 2013 , Hardinge Holdings GmbH, a direct wholly-owned subsidiary, and Kellenberger, an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary, entered into a credit facility agreement with a bank whereby the bank made available a CHF  18.0 million ( $18.1 million equivalent) multi-currency revolving working capital facility. This facility matures in July 2018 .

    

32


The facility is to be used by Hardinge Holdings GmbH and its subsidiaries (the "Holdings Group") for general corporate and working capital purposes, including standby letters of credit and standby letters of guarantee. In addition to Swiss Francs, loan proceeds available under the facility can be drawn upon in Euros, British Pounds Sterling and United States Dollars. Under the terms of the facility, the maximum amount of borrowings available to the Holdings Group (on an aggregate basis) for working capital purposes shall not exceed CHF  8.0 million ( $8.0 million equivalent) or its equivalent in Optional Currencies, as applicable. The interest rate on the borrowings drawn in the form of fixed term advances (excluding Euro-based fixed term advances) is calculated based on the applicable LIBOR. With respect to fixed term advances in Euros, the interest rate on borrowings is calculated based on the applicable EURIBOR, plus an applicable margin, (initially set at 2.25% per annum) that is determined by the bank based on the financial performance of the Holdings Group. At December 31, 2014 and 2013 there were no outstanding borrowings on this facility. The total issued letters of guarantee on this facility at December 31, 2014 had a face value of $5.1 million . The letters were issued in various currencies.

The terms of the credit facilities contain customary representations, affirmative, negative and financial covenants and events of default. The credit facilities are secured by mortgage notes in an aggregate amount of CHF  9.2 million ( $9.3 million equivalent) on two buildings owned by Kellenberger. In addition to the mortgage notes provided by Kellenberger, Holdings Group serves as a guarantor with respect to this facility. The facility is also subject to a minimum equity covenant requirement whereby the equity of both the Holdings Group and Kellenberger must be at least 35% of the subsidiary's balance sheet total assets. At December 31, 2014 , the Company was in compliance with the covenants under the loan agreement.

Kellenberger also maintains a credit agreement with another bank. This agreement, entered into in October 2009 , provides a credit facility of up to CHF  7.0 million ( $7.0 million equivalent) for guarantees, documentary credit and margin cover for foreign exchange trades and of which up to CHF  3.0 million ( $3.0 million equivalent) is available for working capital purposes. The facility is secured by the subsidiary's certain real property up to CHF  3.0 million ( $3.0 million equivalent). This agreement was amended in August 2010 . The amendment increased the total funds available under the facility to CHF  9.0 million ( $9.1 million equivalent), increased the funds available for working capital purposes to CHF 5.0 million ( $5.0 million equivalent) and increased the secured amounts to CHF  4.0 million ( $4.0 million equivalent). The agreement was again amended in May 2013 and reverted to the terms in place prior to the August 2010 amendment. The interest rate, currently at LIBOR plus 2.50% for a 90-day borrowing, is determined by the bank based on the prevailing money and capital market conditions and the bank's assessment of the subsidiary. This facility is subject to annual renewal and carries no commitment fees on unused funds. At December 31, 2014 and 2013 , there were no borrowings outstanding under this facility. The total issued letters of guarantee on this facility at December 31, 2014 had a face value of less than $0.1 million .

The above credit facility is subject to a minimum equity covenant requirement where the minimum equity for the subsidiary must be at least 35% of its balance sheet total assets. At December 31, 2014 , the Company was in compliance with the required covenant.

In January 2014 , Hardinge China Limited, an indirectly wholly-owned subsidiary in China, entered into a revised credit facility with a local bank. This facility, which expires in August 2015 , provides up to $2.0 million for letters of guarantee. The facility requires Hardinge China Limited to maintain a $1.0 million deposit with the bank. The total issued letters of guarantee at December 31, 2014 had a face value of CNY 6.9 million ( $1.1 million equivalent).

Domestic Credit Facilities

In December 2009 , the Company entered into a $10.0 million revolving credit facility with a bank. This facility was subject to an annual renewal requirement. In December 2011 , the Company modified the existing facility and increased the facility from $10.0 million to $25.0 million , reduced the interest rate from the daily one-month LIBOR plus 5.00% per annum to daily one-month LIBOR plus 3.50% per annum, and extended the maturity date of the facility from March 31, 2012 to March 31, 2013 . In December 2012 , the maturity date of the facility was extended to March 31, 2014 and the interest rate was reduced from the daily one-month LIBOR plus 3.50% per annum to daily one-month LIBOR plus 2.75% per annum. In May 2013 the Company, Usach, and Forkardt, amended and restated the existing $25.0 million revolving credit agreement. The amendment added Usach and Forkardt as additional borrowers and extended the maturity of the credit facility from March 2014 to April 2018 . The interest rate on the term loan is determined from a pricing grid with LIBOR and base rate options, based on the Company's leverage ratio and was 2.44% at both December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 .

This credit facility is secured by substantially all of the Company's U.S. assets (exclusive of real property), a negative pledge on its worldwide headquarters in Elmira, NY, and a pledge of 65% of their investment in Hardinge Holdings GmbH. The credit facility is guaranteed by one of their wholly-owned subsidiaries, which is the owner of the real property comprising our world headquarters. The credit facility does not include any financial covenants. There were no borrowings outstanding under this facility at December 31, 2014 and 2013 .

33



We have a $3.0 million unsecured short-term line of credit from a bank with interest based on the prime rate with a floor of 5.0% and a ceiling of 16.0% . The agreement is negotiated annually, requires no commitment fee and is payable on demand. There were no borrowings outstanding under this line of credit at December 31, 2014 and 2013 .

We maintain a standby letter of credit for potential liabilities pertaining to self-insured workers compensation exposure. The amount of the letter of credit was $0.8 million at December 31, 2014 and $0.9 million at December 31, 2013 . It expires in March 2015 . In total, there were various outstanding letters of credit totaling $8.7 million and $9.9 million at December 31, 2014 and 2013 , respectively.

We lease space for some of our manufacturing, sales and service operations with lease terms up to 16 years and use certain office equipment and automobiles under lease agreements expiring at various dates. Rent expense under these leases totaled $3.0 million , $3.2 million and $3.0 million during the years ended December 31, 2014 , 2013 , and 2012 , respectively.

The following table shows our future commitments in effect as of December 31, 2014 (in thousands):
    
 
2015
 
2016
 
2017
 
2018
 
2019
 
Thereafter
 
Total
Long-term debt
$
3,972

 
$
5,832

 
$
3,134

 
$
3,287

 
$

 
$

 
$
16,225

Operating lease obligations
2,356

 
1,677

 
1,228

 
788

 
386

 
101

 
6,536

Purchase commitments
25,046

 
93

 
38

 

 

 

 
25,177

Standby letters of credit
8,612

 
66

 

 

 

 

 
8,678

Total
$
39,986

 
$
7,668

 
$
4,400

 
$
4,075

 
$
386

 
$
101

 
$
56,616

    

We have not included the liabilities for uncertain tax positions in the above table as we cannot make a reliable estimate of the period of cash settlement. We have not included pension obligations in the above table as we cannot make a reliable estimate of the timing of employer contributions. In 2015 , we expect to make approximately $2.4 million in contributions to our foreign defined benefit pension plans and $0.2 million contributions to our domestic supplemental retirement plans. We expect to make no cash contributions to our qualified domestic defined benefit pension plan in 2015 .

We believe that the current available funds and credit facilities, along with internally generated funds, will provide sufficient financial resources for ongoing operations throughout 2015 .

Off Balance Sheet Arrangements

We do not have any off balance sheet arrangements.

Change in Accounting Policy

During the quarter ended June 30, 2014, we voluntarily changed the date of the annual goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets impairment testing from the last day of the fiscal year to the first day of the fourth quarter. This voluntary change is preferable under the circumstances as it provides additional time to complete the annual goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible asset impairment testing in advance of year-end reporting. The voluntary change in accounting principle related to the annual testing date will not delay, accelerate or avoid an impairment charge. This change was not applied retrospectively, as doing so would require the use of significant estimates and assumptions that include hindsight. Accordingly, the change was applied prospectively.


34


Discussion of Critical Accounting Policies

The preparation of our financial statements requires the application of a number of accounting policies, which are described in the notes to the financial statements. These policies require the use of assumptions or estimates, which, if interpreted differently under different conditions or circumstances, could result in material changes to the reported results. Following is a discussion of those accounting policies that were reviewed with our audit committee, and which we feel are most susceptible to such interpretation.

Accounts Receivable. We assess the collectability of our trade accounts receivable using a combination of methods. We review large individual accounts for evidence of circumstances that suggest a collection problem might exist. Such situations include, but are not limited to, the customer's past history of payments, its current financial condition as evidenced by credit ratings, financial statements or other sources, and recent collection activities. We provide a reserve for losses based on current payment trends in the economies where we hold concentrations of receivables and provide a reserve for what we believe to be the most likely risk of collectability. In order to make these allowances, we rely on assumptions regarding economic conditions, equipment resale values, and the likelihood that previous performance will be indicative of future results.

Inventories.  We use a number of assumptions and estimates in determining the value of our inventory. An allowance is provided for the value of inventory quantities of specific items that are deemed to be excessive based on an annual review of past usage and anticipated future usage. While we feel this is the most appropriate methodology for determining excess quantities, the possibility exists that customers will change their buying habits in the future should their own requirements change. Changes in metalcutting technology can render certain products obsolete or reduce their market value. We continually evaluate changes in technology and adjust our products and inventory carrying values accordingly, either by write-off or by price reductions. Changes in market conditions and realizable selling prices for our machines could reduce the value of our inventory. We continually evaluate the carrying value of our machine inventory against the estimated selling price, less related costs to sell and adjust our inventory carrying values accordingly. However, the possibility exists that a future technological development, currently unanticipated, might affect the marketability of specific products produced by the Company.

We include in the cost of our inventories a component to cover the estimated cost of manufacturing overhead activities associated with production of our products.

We believe that being able to offer immediate delivery on many of our products is critical to our competitive success. Likewise, we believe that maintaining an inventory of service parts, with a particular emphasis on purchased parts, is especially important to support our policy of maintaining serviceability of our products. Consequently, we maintain significant inventories of repair parts on many of our machine models, some of which are no longer in production. Our ability to accurately determine which parts are needed to maintain this serviceability is critical to our success in managing this element of our business.

Goodwill Impairment Testing. We review goodwill for impairment at least annually or when indicators of impairment are present. These events or circumstances could include a significant long-term adverse change in the business climate, poor indicators of operating performance, or a sale or disposition of a significant portion of a reporting unit.

We test goodwill at the reporting unit level, which is one level below our operating segments. We identify our reporting units by assessing whether the components of our operating segments constitute businesses for which discrete financial information is available and segment management regularly reviews the operating results of those components. We also aggregate components that have similar economic characteristics into single reporting units (for example, similar products and/or services, similar long-term financial results, product processes, classes of customers, etc.). We have three reporting units, only one of which currently has goodwill. Our ATA reporting unit had goodwill totaling $6.7 million as of December 31, 2014 .

When we evaluate the potential for goodwill impairment, we assess a range of qualitative factors including, but not limited to, macroeconomic conditions, industry conditions, the competitive environment, changes in the market for our products and services, regulatory and political developments, entity specific factors such as strategy and changes in key personnel and overall financial performance. If, after completing this assessment, it is determined that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value, we proceed to a two-step impairment test.

During the quarter ended September 30, 2014, as a result of lower than expected performance in our Usach reporting unit, combined with a downward revision in the anticipated future results, the Company determined that there were indicators of an impairment of that reporting unit. Accordingly, we performed an assessment of the fair value using the expected present value of future cash flows, recent industry transaction multiples and using estimates, judgments and assumptions that management believed were appropriate in the circumstances, which resulted in the carrying amount of the Usach reporting unit exceeding its fair value. As a result, the full carrying value of the Usach goodwill ( $4.8 million ) was written off.

35



Our annual goodwill impairment review was performed as of October 1, 2014. As a result of this assessment we determined that the fair value of our reporting units that have goodwill exceeded the carrying value.

Net Deferred Tax Assets. We regularly review the recent results and projected future results of our operations, as well as other relevant factors, to reconfirm the likelihood that existing deferred tax assets in each tax jurisdiction would be fully recoverable.

Retirement Plans. We sponsor various defined benefit pension plans, defined contribution plans, and one postretirement benefit plan, all as described in Note 13. "Employee Benefits" to the Consolidated Financial Statements set forth in Item 8 of this Form 10-K. The calculation of our plan expenses and liabilities require the use of a number of critical accounting estimates. Changes in the assumptions can result in different plan expense and liability amounts, and actual experience can differ from the assumptions. We believe that the most critical assumptions are the discount rate and the expected rate of return on plan assets.

We annually review the discount rate to be used for retirement plan liabilities. In the U.S., we use bond pricing models based on high grade U.S. corporate bonds constructed to match the projected liability benefit payments. We discounted our future plan liabilities for our U.S. plan using a rate of 4.28% and 5.24% at our plan measurement date of December 31, 2014 and 2013 , respectively. We discounted our future plan liabilities for our foreign plans using rates appropriate for each country, which resulted in a blended rate of 1.43% and 2.75% at their measurement dates of December 31, 2014 and 2013 , respectively. A change in the discount rate can have a significant effect on retirement plan obligations. For example, a decrease of one percent would increase U.S. pension obligations by approximately $15.6 million. Conversely, an increase of one percent would decrease U.S. pension obligations by approximately $12.8 million. A decrease of one percent in the discount rate would increase the Swiss pension obligations by approximately $14.2 million. Conversely, an increase of one percent would decrease the Swiss pension obligations by approximately $16.9 million.

A change in the discount rate can also have an effect on retirement plan expense. For example, a decrease of one percent would increase U.S. pension expense by less than $0.1 million. Conversely, an increase of one percent would decrease U.S. pension expense by less than $0.1 million. A decrease of one percent would increase the Swiss pension expense by approximately $2.0 million. Conversely, an increase of one percent would decrease the Swiss pension expense by approximately $1.4 million.

The expected rate of return on plan assets varies based on the investment mix of each particular plan and reflects the long-term average rate of return expected on funds invested or to be invested in each pension plan to provide for the benefits included in the pension liability. We review our expected rate of return annually based upon information available to us at that time, including the current level of expected returns on risk free investments (primarily government bonds in each market), the historical level of the risk premium associated with the other asset classes in which the portfolio is invested, and the expectations for future returns of each asset class. The expected return for each asset class was then weighted based on the asset allocation to develop the expected long-term rate of return on assets assumption. For our domestic plans, the expected rate of return during fiscal 2015 is 7.50%, which is the same rate used for fiscal 2014 . For our foreign plans, we used rates of return appropriate for each country which resulted in a blended expected rate of return of 3.95% for fiscal 2015 , compared to 3.91% for fiscal 2014 . A change in the expected return on plan assets can also have a significant effect on retirement plan expense. For example, a decrease of one percent would increase U.S. pension expense by approximately $0.8 million. Conversely, an increase of one percent would decrease U.S. pension expense by approximately $0.8 million. A decrease of one percent would increase the Swiss pension expense by approximately $0.9 million. Conversely, an increase of one percent would decrease the Swiss pension expense by approximately $0.9 million.


36


Accounting Guidance Not Yet Adopted

We are currently assessing the financial impact to our consolidated financial statements of accounting guidance not yet adopted. For further information on accounting guidance not yet adopted, refer to Note 19. "New Accounting Standards" to the Consolidated Financial Statements set forth in Item 8 of this 10-K.
 
Certain statements in this report, other than purely historical information, including estimates, projections, statements relating to our business plans, objectives and expected operating results, and the assumptions upon which those statements are based, are “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. These forward-looking statements generally are identified by the words “believes,” “project,” “expects,” “anticipates,” “estimates,” “intends,” “strategy,” “plan,” “may,” “will,” “would,” “will be,” “will continue,” “will likely result,” and similar expressions. Forward-looking statements are based on current expectations and assumptions that are subject to risks and uncertainties which may cause actual results to differ materially from the forward-looking statements. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that our expectations will be realized. Such statements are based upon information known to management at this time. The Company cautions that such statements necessarily involve uncertainties and risk and deal with matters beyond the Company’s ability to control, and in many cases the Company cannot predict what factors would cause actual results to differ materially from those indicated. Among the many factors that could cause actual results to differ from those set forth in the forward-looking statements are fluctuations in the machine tool business cycles, changes in general economic conditions in the U.S. or internationally, the mix of products sold and the profit margins thereon, the relative success of the Company’s entry into new product and geographic markets, the Company’s ability to manage its operating costs, actions taken by customers such as order cancellations or reduced bookings by customers or distributors, competitors’ actions such as price discounting or new product introductions, governmental regulations and environmental matters, changes in the availability and cost of materials and supplies, the implementation of new technologies and currency fluctuations. Any forward-looking statement should be considered in light of these factors. The Company undertakes no obligation to revise its forward-looking statements if unanticipated events alter their accuracy.

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.

The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the section entitled "Market Risk" in Item 7. "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations", of this Form 10-K.
 

37

Table of Contents

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Shareholders of
Hardinge Inc. and Subsidiaries

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Hardinge Inc. and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 , and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive (loss) income, shareholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2014 . Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15(a). These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Hardinge Inc. and Subsidiaries at December 31, 2014 and 2013 , and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2014 , in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Hardinge Inc. and Subsidiaries' internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014 , based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (1992 framework) and our report dated March 12, 2015 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.


/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Buffalo, New York
March 12, 2015


38


HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(in thousands, except share and per share data)
 
December 31,
2014
 
December 31,
2013
Assets
 

 
 

Cash and cash equivalents
$
16,293

 
$
34,722

Restricted cash
3,151

 
4,124

Accounts receivable, net
62,877

 
57,137

Inventories, net
111,821

 
114,064

Other current assets
10,545

 
11,563

Total current assets
204,687

 
221,610

 
 
 
 
Property, plant and equipment, net
65,874

 
74,656

Goodwill
6,698

 
10,002

Other intangible assets, net
30,217

 
32,063

Other non-current assets
3,844

 
5,852

Total non-current assets
106,633

 
122,573

Total assets
$
311,320

 
$
344,183

 
 
 
 
Liabilities and shareholders’ equity
 

 
 

Accounts payable
$
25,592

 
$
24,418

Accrued expenses
25,071

 
26,346

Customer deposits
12,736

 
15,166

Accrued income taxes
646

 
830

Deferred income taxes
2,332

 
2,569

Contingent consideration

 
7,500

Current portion of long-term debt
3,972

 
7,850

Total current liabilities
70,349

 
84,679

 
 
 
 
Long-term debt
12,253

 
18,785

Pension and postretirement liabilities
53,119

 
28,188

Deferred income taxes
2,516

 
4,968

Other liabilities
3,487

 
3,775

Total non-current liabilities
71,375

 
55,716

Commitments and contingencies (see Note 11)


 


Common stock ($0.01 par value, 20,000,000 authorized; 12,825,468 issued and
12,821,768 outstanding as of December 31, 2014, and 12,472,992 issued and
12,397,867 outstanding as of December 31, 2013)
128

 
125

Additional paid-in capital
120,538

 
114,951

Retained earnings
87,777

 
90,937

Treasury shares (at cost, 3,700 as of December 31, 2014, and 75,125 as of
December 31, 2013)
(46
)
 
(806
)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
(38,801
)
 
(1,419
)
Total shareholders’ equity
169,596

 
203,788

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity
$
311,320

 
$
344,183

 
See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.


39

Table of Contents

HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(in thousands, except per share data)
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
Sales
$
311,633

 
$
329,459

 
$
334,413

Cost of sales
224,755

 
236,220

 
237,576

Gross profit
86,878

 
93,239

 
96,837

 
 
 
 
 
 
Selling, general and administrative expenses
81,045

 
79,533

 
76,196

Impairment charges
5,766

 
6,239

 

Other expense, net
514

 
471

 
559

(Loss) income from operations
(447
)
 
6,996

 
20,082

 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest expense
737

 
1,128

 
859

Interest income
(59
)
 
(64
)
 
(118
)
(Loss) income from continuing operations before
income taxes
(1,125
)
 
5,932

 
19,341

Income taxes
1,233

 
1,537

 
1,486

Net (loss) income from continuing operations
(2,358
)
 
4,395

 
17,855

 
 
 
 
 
 
Gain from disposal of discontinued operation, net of tax
218

 
4,890

 

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax

 
642

 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Net (loss) income
$
(2,140
)
 
$
9,927

 
$
17,855

 
 
 
 
 
 
Per share data:
 

 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic (loss) earnings per share:
 

 
 

 
 
Continuing operations
$
(0.19
)
 
$
0.37

 
$
1.53

Disposal of discontinued operation
0.02

 
0.41

 

Discontinued operations

 
0.06

 

Basic (loss) earnings per share
$
(0.17
)
 
$
0.84

 
$
1.53

 
 
 
 
 
 
Diluted (loss) earnings per share:
 

 
 

 
 
Continuing operations
$
(0.19
)
 
$
0.37

 
$
1.53

Disposal of discontinued operation
0.02

 
0.41

 

Discontinued operations

 
0.05

 

Diluted (loss) earnings per share
$
(0.17
)
 
$
0.83

 
$
1.53

 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash dividends declared per share:
$
0.08

 
$
0.08

 
$
0.08

 
See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.


40

Table of Contents

HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE (LOSS) INCOME
(in thousands)
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
Net (loss) income
$
(2,140
)
 
$
9,927

 
$
17,855

Other comprehensive (loss) income:
 

 
 

 
 
Foreign currency translation adjustments
(11,893
)
 
1,939

 
3,805

Retirement plans related adjustments
(26,163
)
 
23,689

 
(8,328
)
Unrealized (loss) gain on cash flow hedges
(281
)
 
77

 
651

Other comprehensive (loss) income before tax
(38,337
)
 
25,705

 
(3,872
)
Income tax (benefit) expense
(955
)
 
1,615

 
(496
)
Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax
(37,382
)
 
24,090

 
(3,376
)
Total comprehensive (loss) income
$
(39,522
)
 
$
34,017

 
$
14,479

 
See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.


41

Table of Contents

HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(in thousands)
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
Operating activities
 

 
 

 
 
Net (loss) income
$
(2,140
)
 
$
9,927

 
$
17,855

Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash provided by operating activities:
 

 
 

 
 
Impairment charges
5,766

 
6,239

 

Depreciation and amortization
9,847

 
9,560

 
7,451

Debt issuance costs amortization
42

 
83

 
78

Deferred income taxes
446

 
(390
)
 
(3,250
)
(Gain) loss on sale of assets
(82
)
 
(62
)
 
80

Gain on sale of business
(218
)
 
(4,890
)
 

Gain on purchase of business
(462
)
 

 

Unrealized intercompany foreign currency transaction loss (gain)
350

 
(2,397
)
 
853

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of businesses acquired:
 

 
 

 
 
Accounts receivable
(7,860
)
 
(68
)
 
17,522

Inventories
(1,303
)
 
20,259

 
2,365

Other assets
1,655

 
1,663

 
4,486

Accounts payable
2,211

 
(4,083
)
 
(11,538
)
Customer deposits
(1,783
)
 
(899
)
 
(7,876
)
Accrued expenses
(3,281
)
 
(9,123
)
 
(4,132
)
Accrued pension and postretirement liabilities
(9
)
 
9

 
(455
)
Net cash provided by operating activities
3,179

 
25,828

 
23,439

 
 
 
 
 
 
Investing activities
 

 
 

 
 
Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired
(5,683
)
 
(34,250
)
 
(8,768
)
Capital expenditures
(3,186
)
 
(3,871
)
 
(7,641
)
Proceeds from disposal of business
218

 
6,255

 

Proceeds on sales of assets
151

 
179

 
557

Net cash used in investing activities
(8,500
)
 
(31,687
)
 
(15,852
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financing activities
 

 
 

 
 
Payment of contingent consideration
(7,500
)
 
(299
)
 

Proceeds from short-term notes payable to bank
21,143

 
47,733

 
51,626

Repayments of short-term notes payable to bank
(21,143
)
 
(59,025
)
 
(53,537
)
Proceeds from long-term debt

 
33,821

 
1,268

Repayments of long-term debt
(9,296
)
 
(15,743
)
 
(1,562
)
Debt issuance costs

 
(687
)
 

Dividends paid
(1,012
)
 
(944
)
 
(931
)
Net proceeds from sales of common stock
5,678

 
8,884

 

Other financing activities

 

 
(3
)
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
(12,130
)
 
13,740

 
(3,139
)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash
(978
)
 
(14
)
 
671

Net (decrease) increase in cash
(18,429
)
 
7,867

 
5,119

 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
34,722

 
26,855

 
21,736

 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
$
16,293

 
$
34,722

 
$
26,855

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

42

Table of Contents

HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
(in thousands)

 
Common Stock
 
Additional Paid-in Capital
 
Retained Earnings
 
Treasury Stock
 
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss
 
Total Shareholders' Equity
Balance at December 31, 2011
$
125

 
$
114,369

 
$
65,041

 
$
(10,379
)
 
$
(22,133
)
 
$
147,023

Net income

 

 
17,855

 

 

 
17,855

Other comprehensive loss, net of
tax

 

 

 

 
(3,376
)
 
(3,376
)
Dividends declared

 

 
(935
)
 

 

 
(935
)
Shares issued pursuant to long-term
incentive plan

 
(843
)
 

 
843

 

 

Amortization (long-term incentive
plan)

 
662

 

 

 

 
662

Net issuance of treasury stock

 
(116
)
 

 
94

 

 
(22
)
Balance at December 31, 2012
125

 
114,072

 
81,961

 
(9,442
)
 
(25,509
)
 
161,207

Net income

 

 
9,927

 

 

 
9,927

Other comprehensive income, net of
tax

 

 

 

 
24,090

 
24,090

Dividends declared

 

 
(951
)
 

 

 
(951
)
Shares issued pursuant to long-term
incentive plan

 
(530
)
 

 
530

 

 

Common shares issued

 
838

 

 
8,040

 

 
8,878

Amortization (long-term incentive
plan)

 
621

 

 

 

 
621

Net issuance of treasury stock

 
(50
)
 

 
66

 

 
16

Balance at December 31, 2013
125

 
114,951

 
90,937

 
(806
)
 
(1,419
)
 
203,788

Net loss

 

 
(2,140
)
 

 

 
(2,140
)
Other comprehensive loss, net of
tax

 

 

 

 
(37,382
)
 
(37,382
)
Dividends declared

 

 
(1,020
)
 

 

 
(1,020
)
Shares issued pursuant to long-term
incentive plan

 
101

 

 
220

 

 
321

Shares exercised pursuant to long-
term incentive plan

 
18

 

 

 

 
18

Shares forfeited pursuant to long-
term incentive plan

 
(39
)
 

 
(46
)
 

 
(85
)
Common shares issued
3

 
4,941

 

 
586

 

 
5,530

Amortization (long-term incentive
plan)

 
414

 

 

 

 
414

Net issuance of treasury stock

 
152

 

 

 

 
152

Balance at December 31, 2014
$
128

 
$
120,538

 
$
87,777

 
$
(46
)
 
$
(38,801
)
 
$
169,596


See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.



43

Table of Contents

HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2014


NOTE 1.  SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION

Nature of Business

Hardinge Inc. ("Hardinge" or "the Company") is a machine tool manufacturer, which designs and manufactures computer-numerically controlled cutting lathes, machining centers, grinding machines, collets, chucks, index fixtures and other industrial products. Products are sold to customers in North America, Europe and Asia. A substantial portion of sales are to small and medium-sized independent job shops, which in turn sell machined parts to their industrial customers. Industries directly and indirectly served by the Company include: aerospace, automotive, communications, computer, construction equipment, defense, energy, farm equipment, medical equipment, recreational equipment and transportation.

The Company operates through two reportable segments, Metalcutting Machine Solutions (“MMS”) and Aftermarket Tooling and Accessories (“ATA”). The MMS segment includes high precision computer controlled metalcutting turning machines, vertical machining centers, horizontal machining centers, grinding machines, and repair parts related to those machines. The ATA segment includes products, primarily collets and chucks that are purchased by manufacturers throughout the lives of their Hardinge or other branded machines.

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions are eliminated in consolidation.

Reclassifications

Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation.

Use of Estimates

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the Unites States of America ("US GAAP") which requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash Equivalents

Cash equivalents are highly liquid financial instruments with an original maturity of three months or less at the date of purchase.

Restricted Cash

Occasionally, the Company is required to maintain cash deposits with certain banks with respect to contractual obligations as collateral for customer deposits or foreign exchange forward contracts. Additionally, restricted cash includes amounts due under mandatory principal reduction provisions associated with certain term debt agreements. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013 , the amount of restricted cash was approximately $3.2 million and $4.1 million , respectively.

Accounts Receivable

The financial condition of the Company's customers is performed periodically through credit reviews. No collateral is required for sales made on open account terms. Letters of credit from major banks back the majority of sales in the Asian region. Concentrations of credit risk with respect to accounts receivable are generally limited due to the large number of customers comprising the customer base. Trade accounts receivable are considered to be past due when in excess of 30 days past terms, and charge off uncollectible balances when all collection efforts have been exhausted.


44

Table of Contents

HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
DECEMBER 31, 2014

The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of customers to make required payments. The allowance for doubtful accounts was $1.1 million at both December 31, 2014 and 2013 . If the financial condition of customers were to deteriorate, resulting in an impairment of their ability to make payments, additional allowances would result in additional expense to the Company.

Other Current Assets

Other current assets consist of prepaid insurance, prepaid real estate taxes, prepaid software license agreements, prepaid income taxes and deposits on certain inventory purchases. When applicable, prepayments are expensed on a straight-line basis over the corresponding life of the underlying asset.

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (computed in accordance with the first-in, first-out method) or market. Elements of cost include raw materials, purchased components, labor and overhead.

The Company will assess the valuation of inventory balances, and reduce the carrying value of those inventories that are obsolete or in excess of forecasted usage to their estimated net realizable value. The net realizable value of such inventories is estimated based on analyses and assumptions including, but not limited to, historical usage, future demand and market requirements. The carrying value of inventory is also compared to the estimated selling price less costs to sell and inventory carrying value will be adjusted accordingly. Reductions to the carrying value of inventories are recorded in cost of goods sold. If future demand for products is less favorable than forecasts, inventories may need to be reduced, which would result in additional expense.

Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment are recorded at cost. Major additions, renewals or improvements that extend the useful lives of assets are capitalized. Maintenance and repairs are expensed to operations as incurred. Depreciation expense is computed using the straight-line and accelerated methods, generally over the following estimated useful lives of the assets (in years):
Buildings
40
Machinery
12
Patterns, tools, jigs and furniture and fixtures
10
Office and computer equipment
5

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

In accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") Accounting Standard Update ("ASU") Topic 350, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other ("ASC 350"), goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives are not amortized but are tested for impairment annually or when events indicate that an impairment could exist. Goodwill impairment is deemed to exist if the carrying value of a reporting unit exceeds its estimated fair value. The reporting units are determined based upon whether discrete financial information is available and reviewed regularly, whether those units constitute a business, and the extent of economic similarities between those reporting units for purposes of aggregation. The reporting units identified under ASC 350-20-35-33 are at the component level, or one level below the reporting segment level as defined under ASC 280-10-50-10 "Segment Reporting-Disclosure." The Company has three reporting units.


45

Table of Contents

HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
DECEMBER 31, 2014

During the quarter ended June 30, 2014, the Company voluntarily changed the date of the annual goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets impairment testing from the last day of the fiscal year to the first day of the fourth quarter. This voluntary change is preferable under the circumstances as it provides the Company with additional time to complete the annual goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible asset impairment testing in advance of year-end reporting. The voluntary change in accounting principle related to the annual testing date will not delay, accelerate or avoid an impairment charge. This change was not applied retrospectively, as doing so would require the use of significant estimates and assumptions that include hindsight. Accordingly, the change was applied prospectively.

Goodwill is evaluated for potential impairment by assessing a range of qualitative factors including, but not limited to, macroeconomic conditions, industry conditions, the competitive environment, changes in the market for the Company's products and services, regulatory and political developments, entity specific factors such as strategy and changes in key personnel and overall financial performance. If it is determined after completing this assessment that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value, a step-two impairment test is performed.

In accordance with ASC 350-20-35-3, the measurement of impairment of goodwill consists of two steps. In the first step, the fair value of each reporting unit is compared to its carrying value. As part of the impairment analysis, the fair value of each of its reporting units with goodwill is determined using the income approach and market approach. If the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the second step of the analysis is performed to determine the amount of the impairment.

Intangible assets with indefinite lives are assessed for impairment using an income approach if the carrying value of the indefinite lived intangible asset exceeds its fair value. An impairment charge is recognized for such excess.

Future impairment indicators, such as declines in forecasted cash flows, may cause additional significant impairment charges. Impairment charges could be based on such factors as the Company's stock price, forecasted cash flows, assumptions used, control premiums or other variables.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

Long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. To assess whether impairment exists, undiscounted cash flows are used to measure any impairment loss using discounted cash flows. Assets to be held for sale are reported at the lower of their carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell and are no longer depreciated.

Accrued Expenses

Accrued expenses include $13.4 million and $15.3 million in compensation related expenses at December 31, 2014 and 2013 , respectively.

Income Taxes

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the income tax consequences attributable to operating loss carryforwards, tax credit carryforwards, and differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measured using the enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which temporary differences are expected to be reversed.

A valuation allowance is established when it is more likely than not that all or a portion of deferred tax assets are not expected to be realized. The Company assesses all available positive and negative evidence to determine whether a valuation allowance is needed. Positive and negative evidence to be considered includes scheduled reversals of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, tax-planning strategies, and results of recent operations. Supporting a conclusion that a valuation allowance is not necessary is difficult when there is negative evidence such as cumulative losses in recent years.


46

Table of Contents

HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
DECEMBER 31, 2014

A full valuation allowance is maintained on the tax benefits of the U.S. net deferred tax assets and it is expected that a full valuation allowance on future tax benefits will be recorded until an appropriate level of profitability in the U.S. is sustained. A valuation allowance is also maintained on the U.K., German, Dutch, and Canadian deferred tax assets related to tax loss carryforwards in those jurisdictions, as well as all other deferred tax assets of those entities.

The calculation of the tax liabilities requires significant judgment, the use of estimates and the interpretation and application of complex tax laws. The provision for income taxes reflects a combination of income earned and taxed in the U.S. and the various states, as well as federal and provincial jurisdictions in Switzerland, U.K., Canada, Germany, France, the Netherlands, China, Taiwan, and India. Jurisdictional tax law changes, increases or decreases in permanent differences between book and tax items, accruals or adjustments of accruals for tax contingencies or valuation allowances, and the change in the mix of earnings from these taxing jurisdictions all affect the overall effective tax rate.

The Company accounts for uncertain tax positions using a more likely than not recognition threshold in accordance with ASC 740. The evaluation of uncertain tax positions is based on factors including, but not limited to, changes in tax law, the measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in tax returns, the effective settlement of matters subject to audit, new audit activity and changes in facts or circumstances related to a tax position. Interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions are included as a component of income tax expense.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue from product sales is generally recognized upon shipment, provided persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the sales price is fixed or determinable, collectability is reasonably assured, and the title and risk of loss have passed to the customer. Sales are recorded net of discounts, customer sales incentives and returns. Discounts and customer sales incentives are typically negotiated as part of the sales terms at the time of sale and are recorded as a reduction of revenue. The Company does not routinely permit customers to return machines. In the rare case that a machine return is permitted, a restocking fee is typically charged. Returns of spare parts and workholding products are limited to a period of 90 days subsequent to purchase, excluding special orders which are not eligible for return. An estimate of returns, which is not significant, is recorded as a reduction of revenue and is based on historical experience. Transfer of ownership and risk of loss are generally not contingent upon contractual customer acceptance. Prior to shipment, each machine is tested to ensure the machine's compliance with standard operating specifications as listed in the promotional literature. On an exception basis, where larger multiple machine installations are delivered which require run-offs and customer acceptance at their facility, revenue is recognized in the period of customer acceptance.

Sales Tax/VAT

Taxes assessed by different governmental authorities are collected and remitted that are both imposed on and concurrent with revenue producing transactions between the Company and its customers. These taxes may include sales, use and value-added taxes. The collection of these taxes is reported on a net basis (excluded from revenues).

Shipping and Handling Costs

Shipping and handling costs are recorded as part of cost of goods sold.

Warranties

The Company offers warranties for products sold. The specific terms and conditions of those warranties vary depending upon the product sold and the country in which the product was sold. A basic limited warranty is generally provided for a period of one to two years. The costs that may be incurred are estimated under the basic limited warranty, based largely upon actual warranty repair cost history and record a liability for such costs when that product revenue is recognized. The resulting accrual balance is reviewed during the year. Factors that affect the warranty liability include the number of installed units, historical and anticipated rates of warranty claims, and cost per claim.


47

Table of Contents

HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
DECEMBER 31, 2014

Extended warranties for some of the Company's products are also sold. These extended warranties usually cover a one year to two year period that begins after the basic warranty expires. Revenue from extended warranties are deferred and recognized on a straight-line basis across the term of the warranty contract.

These liabilities are reported in " Accrued expenses " in the Consolidated Balance Sheets .

Research and Development Costs

The costs associated with research and development programs for new products and significant product improvements are expensed as incurred as a component of cost of goods sold. Research and development expenses totaled $13.9 million , $12.5 million and $12.3 million  in 2014 , 2013 and 2012 , respectively.

Foreign Currency Translation and Re-measurement

The functional currency of the Company's foreign subsidiaries is their local currency. Net assets are translated at month end exchange rates while income, expense and cash flow items are translated at average exchange rates for the applicable period. Translation adjustments are recorded within accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). Gains and losses resulting from foreign currency denominated transactions are included as a component of " Other expense, net " in the Consolidated Statements of Operations .

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Financial instruments consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, notes receivable, accounts payable, notes payable, long-term debt and foreign currency forwards. See Note 3. "Fair Value of Financial Instruments" for additional disclosure.

Derivative Financial Instruments

As a multinational company, the results of operations and financial condition are exposed to market risk from changes in foreign currency exchange rates. To manage this risk, derivative instruments are entered into, namely in the form of foreign currency forwards. These derivative instruments are held to hedge economic exposures, such as fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates on balance sheet exposures of both trade and intercompany assets and liabilities. This exposure is hedged with contracts settling in less than one year . These derivatives do not qualify for hedge accounting treatment. Gains or losses resulting from the changes in the fair value of these hedging contracts are recognized immediately in earnings. There are some forward contracts to hedge certain customer orders and vendor firm commitments. These contracts are typically for less than one year , and have maturity dates in alignment with the contractual payment requirements. These derivatives qualify for hedge accounting treatment and are designated as cash flow hedges. Unrealized gains or losses resulting from the changes in the fair value of these hedging contracts are charged to other comprehensive income (loss). Gains or losses on any ineffective portion of the contracts are recognized in earnings.

Stock-Based Compensation

Stock-based compensation is accounted for based on the estimated fair value of the award as of the grant date and recognize as expense over the requisite service period.

Earnings Per Share

Basic earnings per common share is computed by dividing net income (loss) available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted earnings per common share are calculated by adjusting the weighted average outstanding shares to assume conversion of all potentially dilutive stock options.


48

Table of Contents

HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
DECEMBER 31, 2014

NOTE 2.  ACQUISITIONS

Acquisition of Voumard

On September 22, 2014 , Hardinge Inc., along with its indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries Hardinge GmbH and L. Kellenberger & Co., AG acquired certain assets and assumed certain liabilities associated with a product line of grinding machine systems and applications marketed and sold under the Voumard brand from Peter Wolters GmbH. The purchase price was EUR 1.7 million (approximately $2.2 million ), before taking into account customary purchase price adjustments. The acquisition of Voumard expands the Company's product offerings to include internal diameter ("ID") cylindrical grinding solutions, which are a complement to the existing grinding product lines offered by the Company. The acquisition was funded with cash and has been included in the MMS business segment. Voumard is a global leader in the ID grinding market with an installed base of over 9,000 machine solutions serving more than 2,500 customers around the world. The results of operations of Voumard have been included in the consolidated financial statements from the date of acquisition. For the year ended December 31, 2014 , $0.2 million in sales and $0.5 million of net loss related to the Voumard business have been included in the Consolidated Statements of Operations . Acquisition related costs of $0.1 million were incurred related to the acquisition of the Voumard business for the year ended December 31, 2014 and reported in " Selling, general and administrative expenses " in the Consolidated Statements of Operations .

In accordance with the acquisition method of accounting, the acquired net assets were recorded at preliminary fair value at the date of acquisition. The identifiable intangible assets acquired, which primarily consists of drawings of $0.1 million , were valued using a cost approach. The weighted average life of the acquired identifiable intangible assets subject to amortization was estimated at 5 years at the time of acquisition. At December 31, 2014 the purchase price allocation is preliminary pending the finalization of the fair values of the net assets acquired due to the timing of the acquisition. These values will be finalized no later than one year from the date of the transaction. The preliminary fair values of the acquired assets and liabilities exceeded the purchase price of Voumard, resulting in a gain on the purchase of $0.5 million , which is included in the " Other expense, net " line in the Consolidated Statements of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2014 .

The following table summarizes the preliminary fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the Voumard acquisition at the date of acquisition (in thousands):
 
September 22, 2014
Assets Acquired
 
Inventories
$
2,984

Property, plant and equipment
259

Drawings, customer lists, and other intangible assets
131

Total assets acquired
3,374

Liabilities Assumed
 
Warranties
600

Deferred tax liability
162

Net assets acquired
2,612

Total purchase price
2,150

Bargain purchase gain
$
(462
)
 

49

Table of Contents

HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
DECEMBER 31, 2014

Acquisition of Forkardt
 
On May 9, 2013 , Forkardt, Inc. (“Forkardt”, formerly Cherry Acquisition Corporation) and Hardinge Holdings GmbH, direct wholly owned subsidiaries of the Company, and Hardinge GmbH, an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, acquired the Forkardt operations from Illinois Tool Works for $34.3 million , net of cash acquired. The acquisition of Forkardt strengthens and expands the Company’s leadership position in specialty workholding solutions around the world. The acquisition, which was funded through $24.3 million in bank debt and $10.0 million in cash, has been included in the ATA business segment. Forkardt is a leading global provider of high-precision, specialty workholding devices with headquarters in Traverse City, Michigan. Forkardt has operations in the U.S., France, Germany, and India. The results of operations of Forkardt have been included in the consolidated financial statements from the date of acquisition. For the year ended December 31, 2013 , $27.8 million in sales and net income of $0.6 million was recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Operations related to Forkardt, which includes $1.0 million of inventory step up charges associated with acquisition purchase accounting. These amounts include sales of $6.1 million and net income of $0.6 million associated with the Forkardt Swiss business that was divested on December 31, 2013. Results associated with the Forkardt Swiss business have been reported as discontinued operations in the Consolidated Statements of Operations . Acquisition related costs of $2.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 were incurred and reported in " Selling, general and administrative expenses " in the Consolidated Statements of Operations .
The purchase price was allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their fair values. The identifiable intangible assets acquired, which primarily consist of customer relationships of $4.3 million , trade name of $5.3 million and technical know-how of $5.0 million were valued using an income approach. The weighted average life of the acquired identifiable intangible assets subject to amortization was estimated at 17.3 years at the time of acquisition. The excess purchase price over the fair value of the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed was recorded as goodwill, of which $2.4 million is deductible for tax purposes.
    
All purchase accounting adjustments were finalized in May 2014. The final allocation of purchase price to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed is as follows (in thousands):
 
May 9, 2013
Assets Acquired
 
Accounts receivable
$
5,521

Inventories
5,357

Other current assets
1,257

Property, plant and equipment
6,271

Other non-current assets
105

Trade name, customer list, and other intangible assets
14,614

Total assets acquired
33,125

Liabilities Assumed
 
Accounts payable and other current liabilities
3,413

Other non-current liabilities
1,278

Net assets acquired
28,434

Total purchase price
34,250

Goodwill
$
5,816



50

Table of Contents

HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
DECEMBER 31, 2014

Disposal of Forkardt Switzerland operations
 
On December 31, 2013 , the Company divested its Forkardt operations in Switzerland for CHF 5.6 million , net of cash sold ( $6.3 million equivalent). The sale was subject to working capital adjustments. The Forkardt Swiss business had net assets of $1.2 million as of the sale date. In March 2014, the Company recognized $0.2 million of additional consideration as a result of final working capital adjustments, which is included in the "Gain from disposal of discontinued operation, net of tax" line in the Statement of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2014 .

Acquisition of Forkardt India

On April 2, 2014, the Company acquired the Forkardt India operations, which had an immaterial impact to the consolidated financial statements.

Supplemental Pro Forma Information
 
The following table illustrates the unaudited pro forma effect on the Company’s consolidated operating results for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 , as if the Forkardt acquisition and related financing occurred on January 1, 2012 and the Voumard acquisition had occurred on January 1, 2013 (in thousands, except per share data) :
 
Year Ended 
 December 31,
 
2014
 
2013
Sales
$
318,061

 
$
359,973

Net (loss) income from continuing operations (1)
(7,402
)
 
5,406

Diluted (loss) earnings per share from continuing operations
$
(0.58
)
 
$
0.45

____________________
(1)  
The pro forma results above include abbreviated financial results for Voumard, consisting of revenues and direct expenses for that product line. During the year ended December 31, 2014 , but prior to its acquisition by the Company, the Voumard business incurred $4.9 million in restructuring charges, which included inventory write-offs, headcount reductions and other related costs. These amounts are included in the pro forma information presented above.
 
The above unaudited pro forma financial information is presented for informational purposes only and does not purport to represent what the results of operations would have been had the acquisition been completed on the date assumed, nor is it necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in future periods. Pro forma adjustments exclude cost savings from any synergies resulting from the acquisition.
Acquisition of Usach Technologies, Inc.
On December 20, 2012 , the Company acquired 100% of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Usach Technologies, Inc. ("Usach"), an Illinois based manufacturer of high precision grinding machines and systems, for $18.8 million . The acquisition of Usach is included in the Company's MMS business segment. The purchase price was comprised of $11.3 million in cash and an earn-out provision valued at $7.5 million . The earn-out was based on the future economic performance of Usach as measured against certain minimum thresholds of earnings from operations before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization through 2015. The maximum contractual earn-out was $7.5 million . The results of operations of Usach have been included in the consolidated financial statements from the date of acquisition. Acquisition related costs of $0.3 million in 2012 were recorded in " Selling, general and administrative expenses " in the Consolidated Statements of Operations .

51

Table of Contents

HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
DECEMBER 31, 2014

The purchase price has been assigned to the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed based on their fair values. The identifiable intangible assets acquired, which primarily consist of customer relationships, trade name and technical know-how, were valued using an income approach. The weighted average life of the identifiable intangible assets acquired was estimated at 16.4 years at the time of acquisition. The excess purchase price over the fair value of the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed was recorded as goodwill, none of which was deductible for tax purposes.
The final allocation of purchase price to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed is as follows (in thousands):
 
December 20, 2012
Assets Acquired
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$
2,482

Accounts receivable
2,514

Inventories
5,167

Other current assets
788

Property, plant and equipment
62

Trade name, customer list, and other intangible assets
9,400

Total assets acquired
20,413

Liabilities Assumed
 
Accounts payable and other current liabilities
6,807

Other non-current liabilities
3,513

Net assets acquired
10,093

Total purchase price
18,750

Goodwill
$
8,657

 

52

Table of Contents

HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
DECEMBER 31, 2014

NOTE 3.  FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received upon sale of an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Depending on the nature of the asset or liability, various techniques and assumptions can be used to estimate fair value. The following presents the fair value hierarchy definitions utilized by the Company:
Level 1
Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities.
 
 
 
Level 2
Observable inputs other than quoted prices in active markets for similar assets and liabilities.
 
 
 
Level 3
Inputs for which significant valuation assumptions are unobservable in a market and therefore value is based on the best available data, some of which is internally developed and considers risk premiums that a market participant would require.
    
The following table presents the carrying amount, fair values, and classification level within the fair value hierarchy of financial instruments measured or disclosed at fair value on a recurring basis (in thousands):
 
December 31, 2014
 
December 31, 2013
 
Level of Fair Value Hierarchy
 
Carrying Amount
 
Fair Value
 
Carrying Amount
 
Fair Value
 
Assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$
16,293

 
$
16,293

 
$
34,722

 
$
34,722

 
Level 1
Restricted cash
3,151

 
3,151

 
4,124

 
4,124

 
Level 1
Foreign currency forward contracts
307

 
307

 
285

 
285

 
Level 2
Liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Variable interest rate debt
16,225

 
16,225

 
26,635

 
26,635

 
Level 2
Contingent consideration

 

 
7,500

 
7,500

 
Level 3
Foreign currency forward contracts
629

 
629

 
872

 
872

 
Level 2
 
The fair value of cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash are based on the fair values of identical assets in active markets. Due to the short period to maturity or the nature of the underlying liability, the fair value of variable interest rate debt approximates their respective carrying amounts. The contingent consideration represents the contingent liabilities associated with the earn-out provisions from the 2012 acquisition of Usach. The fair value of the contingent consideration is based on the present value of the estimated aggregated payment amount. The fair value of foreign currency forward contracts is measured using internal models based on observable market inputs such as spot and forward rates. Based on the Company’s continued ability to enter into forward contracts, the markets for the fair value instruments are considered to be active. As of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 , there were no significant transfers in and/or out of Level 1 and Level 2.

The following table presents a reconciliation of the changes during the period ended December 31, 2014 for items categorized within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy (in thousands):
 
Contingent Consideration
Balance at December 31, 2013
$
7,500

Current period settlements (payments)
(7,500
)
Balance at December 31, 2014
$



53

Table of Contents

HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
DECEMBER 31, 2014

The following table presents the fair value on the Consolidated Balance Sheets of the foreign currency forward contracts (in thousands):
 
December 31,
2014
 
December 31,
2013
Foreign currency forwards designated as hedges:
 

 
 

Other current assets
$
237

 
$
144

Accrued expenses
(385
)
 
(249
)
Foreign currency forwards not designated as hedges:
 

 
 

Other current assets
70

 
141

Accrued expenses
(244
)
 
(623
)
Foreign currency forwards, net
$
(322
)
 
$
(587
)

As described in Note 2. "Acquisitions" , the Company completed acquisitions in 2014 , 2013 , and 2012 . The fair value measurements for the acquired intangible assets were calculated using discounted cash flow analysis which rely upon significant unobservable Level 3 inputs which include the following:
Unobservable inputs
 
Range
Discount rate
 
19.0
%
-
22.0%
Royalty rate
 
2.0
%
-
3.0%
Long term growth rate
 
3.0%

The Company applied fair value principles during the goodwill impairment tests performed during 2014 . Step one of the goodwill impairment test consisted of determining a fair value for each of the Company's reporting units. The fair value for the Company's reporting units cannot be determined using readily available quoted Level 1 or Level 2 inputs that are observable or available from active markets. Therefore, the Company used valuation models to estimate the fair values of its reporting units, which use Level 3 inputs. To estimate the fair values of reporting units, the Company uses significant estimates and judgmental factors. The key estimates and factors used in the valuation models include revenue growth rates and profit margins based on internal forecasts, terminal value, WACC, and earnings multiples. As a result of the goodwill impairment test performed during 2013, the Company recognized goodwill impairment charges (See Note 7. "Goodwill and Intangible Assets" for more information regarding the Company's goodwill impairment tests).

During 2014 , the Company also recognized impairments to intangible assets associated with trade names. The impairment charges were calculated by determining the fair value of these assets. The fair value measurements were calculated using discounted cash flow analysis, which rely upon unobservable inputs classified as Level 3 inputs. The key estimates and factors used in the valuation models, for which the Company used significant estimates and judgmental factors, include revenue growth rates based on internal forecasts, royalty rates and discounts rates (See Note 7. "Goodwill and Intangible Assets" for more information regarding the impairment of intangible assets).


54

Table of Contents

HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
DECEMBER 31, 2014

Pension Plan Assets

The fair values and classification of the defined benefit plan assets is as follows (in thousands):
    
 
December 31, 2014
 
Total
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
Growth funds (1)
$
43,676

 
$
43,676

 
$

 
$

Income funds (2)
25,800

 
25,800

 

 

Growth and income funds (3)
81,301

 

 
81,301

 

Hedge funds (4)
27,820

 

 

 
27,820

Real estate funds
3,100

 
707

 
2,393

 

Other assets
1,401

 
602

 
799

 

Cash and cash equivalents
2,883

 
2,883

 

 

Total
$
185,981

 
$
73,668

 
$
84,493

 
$
27,820

     
 
December 31, 2013
 
Total
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
Growth funds (1)
$
49,408

 
$
49,408

 
$

 
$

Income funds (2)
23,925

 
23,925

 

 

Growth and income funds (3)
83,759

 

 
83,759

 

Hedge funds (4)
25,624

 

 

 
25,624

Real estate funds
3,279

 
731

 
2,548

 

Other assets
1,040

 
594

 
446

 

Cash and cash equivalents
6,394

 
6,394

 

 

Total
$
193,429

 
$
81,052

 
$
86,753

 
$
25,624

____________________
(1)     Growth funds represent a type of fund containing a diversified portfolio of domestic and international equities with a goal of capital appreciation.

(2)     Income funds represent a type of fund with an emphasis on current income as opposed to capital appreciation. Such funds may contain a variety of domestic and international government and corporate debt obligations, preferred stock, money market instruments and dividend-paying stocks.

(3)     Growth and income funds represent a type of fund containing a combination of growth and income securities.

(4)     Hedge funds represent a managed portfolio of investments that use advanced investment strategies such as leveraged, long, short and derivative positions in both domestic and international markets with the goal of generating high returns. These funds are subject to quarterly redemptions and advanced notification requirements, as well as the right to delay redemption until sufficient fund liquidity exists.


55

Table of Contents

HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
DECEMBER 31, 2014

A summary of the changes in the fair value of the defined benefit plans assets classified within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy is as follows (in thousands):
    
 
Year Ended 
 December 31,
 
2014
 
2013
Balance at beginning of year
$
25,624

 
$
22,615

Purchases
1,500

 

Sales and settlements
(420
)
 
(71
)
Unrealized gains
1,117

 
3,067

Realized (losses) gains
(1
)
 
13

Balance at end of year
$
27,820

 
$
25,624


Most of the defined benefit pension plan's Level 1 assets are debt and equity investments that are traded in active markets, either domestically or internationally. They are measured at fair value using closing prices from active markets. The Level 2 assets are typically investments in pooled funds, which are measured based on the value of their underlying assets that are publicly traded with observable values. The fair value of the Level 3 plan assets are measured by compiling the portfolio holdings and independently valuing the securities in those portfolios.

NOTE 4.  INVENTORIES
 
Net inventories consist of the following (in thousands):
 
December 31,
2014
 
December 31,
2013
Raw materials and purchased components
$
36,717

 
$
32,046

Work-in-process
28,504

 
28,591

Finished products
46,600

 
53,427

Inventories, net
$
111,821

 
$
114,064


NOTE 5. DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS
 
Foreign currency forward contracts are utilized to mitigate the impact of currency fluctuations on assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies as well as on forecasted transactions denominated in foreign currencies. These contracts are considered derivative instruments and are recognized as either assets or liabilities and measured at fair value. Generally these contracts have a term of less than one year and are considered derivative instruments. The valuations of these derivatives are measured at fair value using internal models based on observable market inputs such as spot and forward rates, and are recorded as either assets or liabilities. A group of highly rated domestic and international banks is used in order to mitigate counterparty risk on the forward contracts.

For contracts that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges, the gain or loss on the contracts is reported as a component of other comprehensive income (“OCI”) and reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (“AOCI”) into the “ Sales ” or “ Cost of sales ” line item on the Consolidated Statements of Operations when the underlying hedged transaction affects earnings, or “ Other expense, net ” when the hedging relationship is deemed to be no longer effective. As of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 , the notional amounts of the derivative financial instruments designated to qualify for cash flow hedges were $24.8 million and $37.0 million , respectively. The Company expects approximately $0.1 million of net losses, net of income tax effect, to be reclassified from AOCI to earnings within the next 12 months. 

As of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 , the notional amounts of the derivative financial instruments not qualifying or otherwise designated as hedges were $38.3 million and $45.5 million , respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 , losses of $0.8 million and $1.8 million , respectively, were recorded related to this type of derivative financial instruments. For contracts that are not designated as hedges, the gain or loss on the contract is recognized in current earnings in the “ Other expense, net ” line item in the Consolidated Statements of Operations .
 

56

Table of Contents

HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
DECEMBER 31, 2014

NOTE 6.  PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
 
Property, plant and equipment consists of the following (1) (in thousands): 
 
December 31,
2014
 
December 31,
2013
Land, buildings and improvements
$
83,119

 
$
88,295

Machinery, equipment and fixtures
78,003

 
80,584

Office furniture, equipment and vehicles
22,265

 
23,421

Construction in progress
399

 
217

 
183,786

 
192,517

Accumulated depreciation
(117,912
)
 
(117,861
)
Property, plant and equipment, net
$
65,874

 
$
74,656

____________________
(1)  
During the year ended December 31, 2014 , the Company reclassified balances related to cost and accumulated depreciation. The net property, plant and equipment balance was not impacted by this adjustment. The December 31, 2013 balances have been reclassified to reflect the proper presentation.

Depreciation expense was $7.7 million , $7.4 million , and $6.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2014 , 2013 and 2012 , respectively.

NOTE 7.  GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS
 
Detail and activity of goodwill by segment is presented below (in thousands):
    
 
MMS
 
ATA
 
Total
Goodwill
$
32,434

 
$

 
$
32,434

Accumulated impairment losses
(23,777
)
 

 
(23,777
)
Balance at December 31, 2012
8,657

 

 
8,657

 
 
 
 
 
 
Acquisition of Forkardt

 
5,816

 
5,816

Impairment loss
(3,809
)
 

 
(3,809
)
Disposal of Forkardt Switzerland

 
(662
)
 
(662
)
 
(3,809
)
 
5,154

 
1,345

 
 
 
 
 


Goodwill (1)
32,434

 
5,154

 
37,588

Accumulated impairment losses
(27,586
)
 

 
(27,586
)
Balance at December 31, 2013
4,848

 
5,154

 
10,002

 
 
 
 
 
 
Acquisition of Forkardt India

 
1,626

 
1,626

Impairment loss
(4,848
)
 

 
(4,848
)
Currency translation adjustments

 
(82
)
 
(82
)
 
(4,848
)
 
1,544

 
(3,304
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Goodwill
32,434

 
6,698

 
39,132

Accumulated impairment losses
(32,434
)
 

 
(32,434
)
Balance at December 31, 2014
$

 
$
6,698

 
$
6,698

____________________
(1)  
In accordance with business combination guidance, changes to the purchase price allocation are adjusted retrospectively to the consolidated financial results. The values above include measurement period adjustments recorded in the year ended December 31, 2014 to primarily revise the fair value of other current assets, accrued

57

Table of Contents

HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
DECEMBER 31, 2014

expenses, and AOCI. The December 31, 2013 balances included in the Consolidated Balance Sheets have been revised to include the effect of the measurement period adjustments.

Goodwill is reviewed for possible impairment at least annually or more frequently upon the occurrence of an event or when circumstances indicate that a reporting unit's carrying amount is greater than its fair value. During the quarter ended June 30, 2014, the Company voluntarily changed the date of the annual goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets impairment testing from the last day of the fiscal year to the first day of the fourth quarter.

Based on lower than expected performance in the Usach reporting unit during the current year, combined with a downward revision in the anticipated future results, the Company determined that there were indicators of an impairment of that reporting unit during the third quarter of 2014 . Accordingly, a calculation of the fair value was performed using the expected present value of future cash flows, recent industry transaction multiples and using estimates, judgments and assumptions that management believed were appropriate in the circumstances, which resulted in the carrying amount of the Usach reporting unit exceeding its fair value. Accordingly, a goodwill impairment charge of $4.8 million was recognized in the " Impairment charges " caption in the Consolidated Statements of Operations in that reporting unit during the third quarter of 2014 , resulting in the entire MMS goodwill balance to be written off. Subsequently, the Company performed the annual impairment analysis for the ATA reporting unit, which resulted in the fair value exceeding the carrying value. The Company performed further analysis of the reporting units' long-lived assets and determined that impairments of these assets were not present. The estimates and judgments used in the assessment included multiples of EBITDA, the weighted average cost of capital and the terminal growth rate.

As part of the annual impairment test as of December 31, 2013 , it was determined that the carrying value of the Company's Usach reporting unit exceeded its fair value. As a result, a calculation of the fair value was performed, and an impairment charge of $3.8 million was recognized in the " Impairment charges " caption in the Consolidated Statements of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2013 . The Company performed further analysis of the reporting units' long-lived assets and determined that impairments of these assets were not present.

The major components of intangible assets other than goodwill are as follows (in thousands):
    
 
December 31,
2014
 
December 31,
2013
Gross amortizable intangible assets:
 

 
 

Technical know-how
$
12,984

 
$
12,409

Customer lists
9,047

 
8,425

Land rights
2,796

 
2,865

Patents, trade names, drawings, and other
4,345

 
3,571

Total gross amortizable intangible assets
29,172

 
27,270

 
 
 
 
Accumulated amortization:
 

 
 

Technical know-how
(5,730
)
 
(4,603
)
Customer lists
(871
)
 
(416
)
Land rights
(228
)
 
(177
)
Patents, trade names, drawings, and other
(3,227
)
 
(3,085
)
Total accumulated amortization
(10,056
)
 
(8,281
)
Amortizable intangible assets, net
19,116

 
18,989

 
 
 
 
Indefinite lived intangible assets:
 

 
 

Trade names
11,101

 
13,074

 





Intangible assets other than goodwill, net
$
30,217

 
$
32,063



58

Table of Contents

HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
DECEMBER 31, 2014

Amortization expense related to the definite-lived intangible assets are as follows (in thousands):
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
Amortization expense
$
1,810

 
$
1,553

 
$
781


Estimated amortization expense for each of the five succeeding fiscal years and thereafter is as follows (in thousands):
Fiscal Year
 
Future Estimated Amortization
2015
 
$
1,800

2016
 
1,275

2017
 
1,235

2018
 
1,077

2019
 
1,060

Thereafter
 
12,669

As a result of interim impairment indicators present in the third quarter of 2014 , it was determined that the fair value of the Company's Usach trade name was less than the carrying value, resulting in an impairment charge of $0.9 million , which was recognized in the " Impairment charges " caption in the Consolidated Statements of Operations . Additionally, in the fourth quarter of 2014 , the Company concluded that the Usach trade name no longer has an indefinite life based on management plans surrounding the future use of the Usach name. Accordingly, an analysis was performed to assess the remaining useful life of this trade name, and the remaining balance is being amortized on a straight-line basis over a period of 18.25 years . The Company performed an annual impairment test of its indefinite lived intangible assets as of October 1, 2014. The fair value of the indefinite lived intangible assets were calculated using a discounted cash flow analysis, and resulted in the fair value exceeding the carrying value.
As a result of the December 31, 2013 impairment test, it was determined that the fair value of the Company's Usach trade name and Forkardt trade name were less than their carrying values, resulting in impairment charges of $1.3 million and $1.1 million , respectively, which were recognized in the " Impairment charges " caption in the Consolidated Statements of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2013 .
See Note 3. "Fair Value of Financial Instruments" for a discussion of the fair value measures used in determining these impairment charges.

NOTE 8.  FINANCING ARRANGEMENTS

Financing arrangements are maintained with several financial institutions. These financing arrangements are in the form of long term loans, credit facilities, and lines of credit. The credit facilities allow the Company to borrow up to $82.1 million at December 31, 2014 , of which $57.3 million can be borrowed for working capital needs. As of December 31, 2014 , $74.9 million was available for borrowing under these arrangements of which $56.5 million was available for working capital needs. Total consolidated borrowings outstanding were $16.2 million at December 31, 2014 and $26.6 million at December 31, 2013 . Details of these financing arrangements are discussed below.


59

Table of Contents

HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
DECEMBER 31, 2014

Long-term Debt

Long-term debt consists of (in thousands):
 
December 31,
 
2014
 
2013
Mortgage loans
$
2,965

 
$
4,191

Construction loan

 
1,486

Term loans
13,260

 
20,958

Total long-term debt
16,225

 
26,635

Current portion
(3,972
)
 
(7,850
)
Total long-term debt, less current portion
$
12,253

 
$
18,785

    
    
The annual maturities of long-term debt for each of the years after December 31, 2014 , are as follows (in thousands):
Year
 
Amount
2015
 
$
3,972

2016
 
5,832

2017
 
3,134

2018
 
3,287

 
 
$
16,225


In May 2006 , Hardinge Taiwan Precision Machinery Limited, an indirectly wholly-owned subsidiary in Taiwan, entered into a mortgage loan with a local bank. The principal amount of the loan is 180.0 million New Taiwanese Dollars ("TWD") ( $5.7 million equivalent). The loan, which matures in June 2016 , is secured by real property owned and requires quarterly principal payment in the amount of TWD 4.5 million ( $0.1 million equivalent). The loan interest rate, 1.75% at December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 , is based on the bank's one year fixed savings rate plus 0.4% . The principal amount outstanding was TWD 27.0 million ( $0.9 million equivalent) at December 31, 2014 and TWD 45.0 million ( $1.5 million equivalent) at December 31, 2013 .

In August 2011 , Hardinge Precision Machinery (Jiaxing) Company Ltd. ("Hardinge Jiaxing"), an indirectly wholly-owned subsidiary in China, entered into a loan agreement with a local bank. This agreement, which expired in January 2014 , provided up to 25.0 million in Chinese Yuan ("CNY") ( $4.0 million equivalent) for plant construction and fixed assets acquisition purposes. The interest rate, 7.38% at December 31, 2013 , was the bank base rate plus a 20% mark-up and was subject to adjustment annually. The principal amount outstanding was CNY 9.0 million ( $1.5 million equivalent) at December 31, 2013 . This balance was paid off in 2014 and the facility was not renewed.


60

Table of Contents

HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
DECEMBER 31, 2014

In May 2013 , the Company and Hardinge Holdings GmbH, a direct wholly-owned subsidiary, entered into a term loan agreement with a bank pursuant to which the bank provided a $23.0 million secured term loan facility for the acquisition of Forkardt. The agreement, which matures in April 2018 , calls for scheduled annual principal repayments of $1.7 million , $2.1 million , $2.1 million , and $1.0 million , in 2015 , 2016 , 2017 , and 2018 respectively. In October 2013, the term loan agreement was amended. The amendment reduced mandatory principal payments associated with the sale of the Company's common stock under the stock offering program as described in Note 12. "Shareholders' Equity" from 75% of net proceeds to 25% of net proceeds. This amendment was retroactive for all sales of common stock under this stock offering program. The Company made principal payments of $2.1 million and $1.5 million in 2014 and 2013 , respectively, with stock offering proceeds. The interest rate on the term loan is determined from a pricing grid with the London Interbank Offered Rate ("LIBOR") and base rate options based on the Company's leverage ratio and was 2.44% at both December 31, 2014 and 2013 . LIBOR is the average interest rate estimated by leading banks in London that they would be charged when borrowing from other banks. The principal amount outstanding at December 31, 2014 and 2013 was $6.8 million and $10.1 million , respectively.
    
In November 2013 , the Company and Hardinge Holdings GmbH entered into a replacement term note agreement with the same bank pursuant to which the bank converted $10.8 million of the outstanding principal on the term loan to CHF  3.8 million ( $3.8 million equivalent) and EUR  5.0 million ( $6.0 million equivalent) borrowings. The agreement calls for scheduled annual principal repayments in CHF and EUR. The scheduled annual principal repayments in CHF are as follows: CHF  0.6 million ( $0.6 million equivalent) in 2015 , and CHF  0.6 million ( $0.6 million equivalent) in 2016 . The scheduled annual principal repayments in EUR are as follows: EUR 0.7 million ( $0.9 million equivalent) in 2015 , EUR 0.9 million ( $1.1 million equivalent) in 2016 and 2017 , and EUR $1.9 million ( $2.3 million equivalent) in 2018 . Additionally, the Company was required to pay a portion of the proceeds of the sale of Forkardt Switzerland against the CHF portion of the loan. The Company made a CHF  2.2 million ( $2.4 million equivalent) principal payment in January 2014, to fulfill this obligation. The interest rate on the CHF and EUR portion of the term loan is determined from a pricing grid with the Swiss franc LIBOR ("CHF LIBOR") or the Euro Interbank Offered Rate ("EURIBOR") and base rate options based on the Company's leverage ratio and was 2.27% and 2.46% at December 31, 2014 , respectively. The interest rate on the CHF and EUR portion of the term loan was 2.27% and 2.48% at December 31, 2013 , respectively. The principal amounts outstanding at December 31, 2014 were CHF  1.2 million ( $1.2 million equivalent), and EUR 4.4 million ( $5.3 million equivalent). The principal amounts outstanding at December 31, 2013 were CHF  3.7 million ( $4.2 million equivalent), and EUR 4.9 million ( $6.7 million equivalent).

The term loan is secured by (i) liens on all of the Company's U.S. assets (exclusive of real property); (ii) a pledge of 65% of the Company's investment in Holdings GmbH; (iii) a negative pledge on the Company's headquarters in Elmira, New York; (iv) liens on all of the personal property assets of Usach, Forkardt Inc. (Formerly Cherry Acquisition Corporation) and Hardinge Technology Systems Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary and owner of the real property comprising the Company's world headquarters in Elmira, New York ("Technology"); and (v) negative pledges on the intellectual property of the Revolving Credit Borrowers and Technology.

The loan agreement contains financial covenants requiring a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio of not less than 1.15 to 1.00 (tested quarterly on a rolling four-quarter basis), a maximum consolidated total leverage ratio of 3.00 to 1.00 (tested quarterly on a rolling four-quarter basis), and maximum annual consolidated capital expenditures of $10.0 million . The loan agreement also contains such other representations, affirmative and negative covenants, prepayment provisions and events of default that are customary for these types of transactions. At December 31, 2014 , the Company was in compliance with the covenants under the loan agreement.

In July 2013 , Hardinge Holdings GmbH, a direct wholly-owned subsidiary, and Kellenberger & Co. AG, an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, entered into a credit facility agreement with a bank whereby the bank made available a CHF  2.6 million ( $2.6 million equivalent) mortgage loan facility. This facility is to be used by Kellenberger and replaces an existing mortgage loan that Kellenberger maintained with the same bank. Interest on the facility accrues at a fixed rate of 2.50% per annum, compared to 2.65% fixed interest rate on the previous mortgage loan. Principal payments of CHF  0.2 million ( $0.2 million equivalent) are due in June and December in each year of the term, with the remaining outstanding balance of principal and accrued interest due in full at the final maturity in December 2016 . The principal amount outstanding was CHF  2.1 million ( $2.1 million equivalent) at December 31, 2014 , and CHF  2.4 million ( $2.7 million equivalent) at December 31, 2013 .


61

Table of Contents

HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
DECEMBER 31, 2014

The terms of the credit facility contains customary representations, affirmative, negative and financial covenants and events of default. The credit facility is secured by a mortgage on the subsidiary's facility in Romanshorn, Switzerland. The facility is subject to a minimum equity covenant requirement whereby the economic equity of the subsidiary must be at least 35% of the subsidiary's balance sheet total assets. At December 31, 2014 , the Company was in compliance with the covenants under the loan agreement.

Foreign Credit Facilities

In December 2012 , Hardinge Jiaxing entered into a secured credit facility with a local bank. This facility provided up to CNY 34.2 million ( $5.5 million equivalent) or its equivalent in other currencies for working capital and letter of credit purposes. In January 2014 , Hardinge Jiaxing amended this facility, which increased the total availability under the facility to CNY 59.0 million ( $9.5 million equivalent) or its equivalent in other currencies, and expires on December 20, 2015 . Borrowings for working capital purposes were increased from a limit of CNY 20.0 million ( $3.2 million equivalent) to CNY 39.0 million (approximately $6.3 million ). Borrowings under the credit facility are secured by real property owned by the subsidiary. The interest rate on the credit facility is based on the basic interest rate as published by the People's Bank of China, plus a 10% mark-up, amounting to 6.16% and 6.60% at December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 , respectively. There was no principal amount outstanding under this facility at December 31, 2014 or December 31, 2013 .

In July 2013 , Hardinge Machine Tools B.V., Taiwan Branch, an indirectly wholly-owned subsidiary in Taiwan, entered into a new unsecured credit facility, which was renewed in June 2014 . This facility, which expires in June 2015 , provides up to $12.0 million , or its equivalent in other currencies, for working capital and export business purposes. This credit facility charged interest at 1.44% at December 31, 2014 and 1.54% at December 31, 2013 , is subject to change by the lender based on market conditions, and carried no commitment fees on unused funds. There were no principal amounts outstanding under this facility at December 31, 2014 or December 31, 2013 .

In September 2014 , Hardinge Machine (Shanghai) Co., Ltd., an indirectly wholly-owned subsidiary in China, entered into a new credit facility. This facility, which expires in July 2015 , provides up to CNY 34.0 million ( $5.5 million equivalent) for letters of guarantee. Individual letters of guarantee issued under this facility require a cash deposit at the bank of 30% of the letter’s face value. The total issued letters of guarantee at December 31, 2014 had a face value of CNY 0.7 million (approximately $0.1 million ).

In July 2013 , Hardinge Holdings GmbH, a direct wholly-owned subsidiary, and Kellenberger, an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary, entered into a credit facility agreement with a bank whereby the bank made available a CHF  18.0 million ( $18.1 million equivalent) multi-currency revolving working capital facility. This facility matures in July 2018 .

The facility is to be used by Hardinge Holdings GmbH and its subsidiaries (the "Holdings Group") for general corporate and working capital purposes, including standby letters of credit and standby letters of guarantee. In addition to Swiss Francs, loan proceeds available under the facility can be drawn upon in Euros, British Pounds Sterling and United States Dollars. Under the terms of the facility, the maximum amount of borrowings available to the Holdings Group (on an aggregate basis) for working capital purposes shall not exceed CHF  8.0 million ( $8.0 million equivalent) or its equivalent in Optional Currencies, as applicable. The interest rate on the borrowings drawn in the form of fixed term advances (excluding Euro-based fixed term advances) is calculated based on the applicable LIBOR. With respect to fixed term advances in Euros, the interest rate on borrowings is calculated based on the applicable EURIBOR, plus an applicable margin, (initially set at 2.25% per annum) that is determined by the bank based on the financial performance of the Holdings Group. At December 31, 2014 and 2013 there were no outstanding borrowings on this facility. The total issued letters of guarantee on this facility at December 31, 2014 had a face value of $5.1 million . The letters were issued in various currencies.

The terms of the credit facilities contain customary representations, affirmative, negative and financial covenants and events of default. The credit facilities are secured by mortgage notes in an aggregate amount of CHF  9.2 million ( $9.3 million equivalent) on two buildings owned by Kellenberger. In addition to the mortgage notes provided by Kellenberger, Holdings Group serves as a guarantor with respect to this facility. The facility is also subject to a minimum equity covenant requirement whereby the equity of both the Holdings Group and Kellenberger must be at least 35% of the subsidiary's balance sheet total assets. At December 31, 2014 , the Company was in compliance with the covenants under the loan agreement.


62

Table of Contents

HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
DECEMBER 31, 2014

Kellenberger also maintains a credit agreement with another bank. This agreement, entered into in October 2009 , provides a credit facility of up to CHF  7.0 million ( $7.0 million equivalent) for guarantees, documentary credit and margin cover for foreign exchange trades and of which up to CHF  3.0 million ( $3.0 million equivalent) is available for working capital purposes. The facility is secured by the subsidiary's certain real property up to CHF  3.0 million ( $3.0 million equivalent). This agreement was amended in August 2010 . The amendment increased the total funds available under the facility to CHF  9.0 million ( $9.1 million equivalent), increased the funds available for working capital purposes to CHF 5.0 million ( $5.0 million equivalent) and increased the secured amounts to CHF  4.0 million ( $4.0 million equivalent). The agreement was again amended in May 2013 and reverted to the terms in place prior to the August 2010 amendment. The interest rate, currently at LIBOR plus 2.50% for a 90-day borrowing, is determined by the bank based on the prevailing money and capital market conditions and the bank's assessment of the subsidiary. This facility is subject to annual renewal and carries no commitment fees on unused funds. At December 31, 2014 and 2013 , there were no borrowings outstanding under this facility. The total issued letters of guarantee on this facility at December 31, 2014 had a face value of less than 0.1 million .

The above credit facility is subject to a minimum equity covenant requirement where the minimum equity for the subsidiary must be at least 35% of its balance sheet total assets. At December 31, 2014 , the Company was in compliance with the required covenant.

In January 2014 , Hardinge China Limited, an indirectly wholly-owned subsidiary in China, entered into a revised credit facility with a local bank. This facility, which expires in August 2015 , provides up to $2.0 million for letters of guarantee. The facility requires Hardinge China Limited to maintain a $1.0 million deposit with the bank. The total issued letters of guarantee at December 31, 2014 had a face value of CNY 6.9 million ( $1.1 million equivalent).

Domestic Credit Facilities

In December 2009 , the Company entered into a $10.0 million revolving credit facility with a bank. This facility was subject to an annual renewal requirement. In December 2011 , the Company modified the existing facility and increased the facility from $10.0 million to $25.0 million , reduced the interest rate from the daily one-month LIBOR plus 5.00% per annum to daily one-month LIBOR plus 3.50% per annum, and extended the maturity date of the facility from March 31, 2012 to March 31, 2013 . In December 2012 , the maturity date of the facility was extended to March 31, 2014 and the interest rate was reduced from the daily one-month LIBOR plus 3.50% per annum to daily one-month LIBOR plus 2.75% per annum. In May 2013 the Company, Usach, and Forkardt, amended and restated the existing $25.0 million revolving credit agreement. The amendment added Usach and Forkardt as additional borrowers and extended the maturity of the credit facility from March 2014 to April 2018 . The interest rate on the term loan is determined from a pricing grid with LIBOR and base rate options, based on the Company's leverage ratio and was 2.44% at both December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 .

This credit facility is secured by substantially all of the Company's U.S. assets (exclusive of real property), a negative pledge on its worldwide headquarters in Elmira, NY, and a pledge of 65% of their investment in Hardinge Holdings GmbH. The credit facility is guaranteed by one of their wholly-owned subsidiaries, which is the owner of the real property comprising the Company's world headquarters. The credit facility does not include any financial covenants. There were no borrowings outstanding under this facility at December 31, 2014 and 2013 .

The Company has a $3.0 million unsecured short-term line of credit from a bank with interest based on the prime rate with a floor of 5.0% and a ceiling of 16.0% . The agreement is negotiated annually, requires no commitment fee and is payable on demand. There were no borrowings outstanding under this line of credit at December 31, 2014 and 2013 .

The Company maintains a standby letter of credit for potential liabilities pertaining to self-insured workers compensation exposure. The amount of the letter of credit was $0.8 million at December 31, 2014 and $0.9 million at December 31, 2013 . It expires in March 2015 . In total, there were various outstanding letters of credit totaling $8.7 million and $9.9 million at December 31, 2014 and 2013 , respectively.


63

Table of Contents

HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
DECEMBER 31, 2014

Deferred financing costs of $0.7 million were incurred in 2013 . These costs, which were associated with the financing arrangements above, are recorded in " Other non-current assets " in the Consolidated Balance Sheets and are being amortized over the term of the related debt using the straight line method, which approximates the effective interest method. Deferred financing costs incurred in 2014 were not material.

Interest paid in 2014 , 2013 and 2012 totaled $0.8 million , $1.0 million and $0.9 million respectively.

NOTE 9.  WARRANTIES
 
A reconciliation of the changes in the product warranty accrual, which is included in accrued expenses, is as follows (in thousands):
 
December 31,
 
2014
 
2013
Balance at beginning of year
$
3,449

 
$
3,432

Warranties issued
2,477

 
2,992

Warranty settlement costs
(2,219
)
 
(2,514
)
Changes in accruals for pre-existing warranties
(161
)
 
(671
)
Other adjustments (1)
600

 
179

Currency translation adjustments
(255
)
 
31

Balance at end of year
$
3,891

 
$
3,449

____________________
(1)  
Represents the warranty liabilities assumed in connection with the Voumard acquisition in 2014 and the Forkardt acquisition in 2013. Refer to Note 2. "Acquisitions" for details.

NOTE 10.  INCOME TAXES

The Company's pre-tax (loss) income from continuing operations for domestic and foreign sources is as follows (in thousands):
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
Domestic
$
(7,230
)
 
$
(950
)
 
$
(4,142
)
Foreign
6,105

 
6,882

 
23,483

Total
$
(1,125
)
 
$
5,932

 
$
19,341


Significant components of income tax expense attributable to continuing operations are as follows (in thousands):
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
Current:
 

 
 

 
 

State
$
47

 
$
(2
)
 
$

Foreign
740

 
1,929

 
4,736

Total current
787

 
1,927

 
4,736

 
 
 
 
 
 
Deferred:
 

 
 

 
 

Federal
(386
)
 
(410
)
 
(2,720
)
Foreign
832

 
20

 
(530
)
Total deferred
446

 
(390
)
 
(3,250
)
Total income tax expense
$
1,233

 
$
1,537

 
$
1,486



64

Table of Contents

HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
DECEMBER 31, 2014

The following is a reconciliation of income tax expense computed at the United States statutory rate to amounts shown in the Consolidated Statements of Operations :
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
Federal income taxes at statutory rate
35.0
 %
 
35.0
 %
 
35.0
 %
Taxes on foreign income which differ from the U.S. statutory rate
13.9

 
(2.1
)
 
(18.1
)
Effect of change in the enacted rate

 
3.1

 
(1.3
)
Change in valuation allowance
158.4

 
(63.4
)
 
(46.0
)
U.S. taxation of international operations
(170.1
)
 
12.0

 
37.3

Change in estimated liabilities
26.8

 
0.1

 
0.4

Non-deductible items
(170.9
)
 
41.3

 

State and local income taxes
(2.7
)
 
(0.1
)
 

Other

 

 
0.4

 
(109.6
)%
 
25.9
 %
 
7.7
 %

Significant components of the Company's deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows (in thousands):
 
December 31,
 
2014
 
2013
Deferred tax assets:
 

 
 

Federal, state, and foreign net operating losses
$
21,301

 
$
26,622

State tax credit carryforwards

 
6,933

Postretirement benefits
655

 
649

Deferred employee benefits
2,450

 
1,937

Accrued pension
14,861

 
7,411

Inventory valuation
3,445

 
3,037

Foreign tax credit carryforwards
5,030

 
4,502

Other
3,155

 
3,262

 
50,897

 
54,353

Less valuation allowance
(44,789
)
 
(49,297
)
Total deferred tax assets
6,108

 
5,056

 
 
 
 
Deferred tax liabilities:
 

 
 

Tax over book depreciation
(3,997
)
 
(4,499
)
Inventory valuation
(2,103
)
 
(2,291
)
Intangible assets
(1,672
)
 
(1,831
)
Other
(477
)
 
(1,059
)
Total deferred tax liabilities
(8,249
)
 
(9,680
)
Net deferred tax liabilities
$
(2,141
)
 
$
(4,624
)

Current deferred tax assets of $2.2 million and $2.1 million for 2014 and 2013 , respectively, are reported in " Other current assets " in the Consolidated Balance Sheets . Non-current deferred tax assets of $0.5 million and $0.8 million for 2014 and 2013 , respectively, are reported in " Other non-current assets " in the Consolidated Balance Sheets .


65

Table of Contents

HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
DECEMBER 31, 2014

In 2014 , the valuation allowance decreased by $4.5 million . The valuation allowance decreased by $10.1 million due to operational results and a decrease in state tax credits in the U.S. In New York State, corporate tax reform enacted in March 2014 changed the tax rate of a qualified manufacturing company such as Hardinge to 0% . As a result, Hardinge determined that it was unlikely to recognize any of the $6.9 million of New York State Investment Credit carryovers, and therefore wrote off the deferred tax asset for the carryovers. A corresponding decrease in the valuation allowance of $6.9 million was recorded, since the deferred tax asset on the carryover had a valuation allowance against it. This decrease was offset by $5.6 million of valuation allowance recorded in other comprehensive income (loss).

In 2013 , the valuation allowance decreased by $8.4 million . The valuation allowance decreased by $9.5 million due to operational results and a decrease in minimum pension liabilities in the U.S. and other items recorded in other comprehensive income (loss), and this decrease was offset by $1.1 million of valuation allowance established on deferred tax assets arising from the acquisition of Forkardt.

At December 31, 2014 , there were U.S. federal and state net operating loss carryforwards of $35.5 million and $37.3 million , respectively, which expire from 2023 through 2031 . If certain substantial changes in the Company's ownership occur, there would be an annual limitation on the amount of the carryforwards that can be utilized. The U.S. net operating loss includes approximately $2.2 million of the net operating loss carryforwards for which a benefit will be recorded in " Additional paid-in capital " in the Consolidated Balance Sheets when realized. There are Foreign Tax Credit Carryforwards of $5.0 million which expire between 2020 and 2024 . There also are foreign net operating loss carryforwards of $35.4 million , of which $3.1 million will expire between 2018 through 2034 , and of which $32.3 million have no expiration date.

At the end of 2014 , the undistributed earnings of the Company's foreign subsidiaries, which amounted to approximately $89.4 million , are considered to be indefinitely reinvested and, accordingly, no provision for taxes has been provided thereon. Given the complexities of the foreign tax credit calculations, it is not practicable to compute the tax liability that would be due upon distribution of those earnings in the form of dividends or liquidation or sale of the foreign subsidiaries.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of uncertain tax positions is as follows (in thousands):
 
December 31,
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
Balance at beginning of year
$
2,743

 
$
2,514

 
$
2,333

Additions for acquired subsidiaries

 
267

 

Additions for tax positions related to the current year
182

 

 

Additions for tax positions of prior years
430

 
150

 
235

Reductions for tax positions of prior years
(393
)
 

 

Reductions for tax positions related to the current year

 
(57
)
 

Reductions due to lapse of applicable statutes of limitation
(620
)
 
(131
)
 
(54
)
Balance at end of year
$
2,342

 
$
2,743

 
$
2,514


If recognized, essentially all of the uncertain tax positions and related interest at December 31, 2014 would be recorded as a benefit to income tax expense on the Consolidated Statements of Operations . It is reasonably possible that certain of the uncertain tax positions pertaining to the foreign operations may change within the next 12 months due to audit settlements and statute of limitations expirations. The estimated change in uncertain tax positions for these items would be a benefit to income tax expense up to $1.5 million .

Interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions are recorded as income tax expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations . Accrued interest related to the uncertain tax positions was $0.4 million and $0.8 million at December 31, 2014 and 2013 , respectively. Accrued penalties related to uncertain tax positions were $0.1 million and $0.2 million at 2014 and 2013 , respectively. The accrued interest and penalties are reported in other liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets .


66

Table of Contents

HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
DECEMBER 31, 2014

The tax years 2012, 2013, and 2014 remain open to examination by the U.S. federal taxing authorities. The tax years 2010 through 2014 remain open to examination by the U.S. state taxing authorities. For other major jurisdictions (Switzerland, U.K., Taiwan, India, Germany, Netherlands and China); the tax years between 2008 and 2014 generally remain open to routine examination by foreign taxing authorities, depending on the jurisdiction.

Net taxes paid in 2014 , 2013 and 2012 totaled $1.9 million , $5.2 million and $4.1 million , respectively.

NOTE 11.  COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
 
The Company is a defendant in various lawsuits as a result of normal operations and in the ordinary course of business. Management believes the outcome of these lawsuits will not have a material effect on the financial position or results of operations.
 
The Company’s operations are subject to extensive federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations relating to environmental matters. Certain environmental laws can impose joint and several liability for releases or threatened releases of hazardous substances upon certain statutorily defined parties regardless of fault or the lawfulness of the original activity or disposal. Hazardous substances and adverse environmental effects have been identified with respect to real property owned by the Company, and on adjacent parcels of real property.
 
In particular, the Elmira, NY manufacturing facility is located within the Kentucky Avenue Wellfield on the National Priorities List of hazardous waste sites designated for cleanup by the United States Environmental Protection Agency (“EPA”) because of groundwater contamination. The Kentucky Avenue Wellfield Site (the “Site”) encompasses an area which includes sections of the Town of Horseheads and the Village of Elmira Heights in Chemung County, NY. In February 2006, the Company received a Special Notice Concerning a Remedial Investigation/Feasibility Study (“RI/FS”) for the Koppers Pond (the “Pond”) portion of the Site. The EPA documented the release and threatened release of hazardous substances into the environment at the Site, including releases into and in the vicinity of the Pond. The hazardous substances, including metals and polychlorinated biphenyls, have been detected in sediments in the Pond.
 
Until receipt of this Special Notice in February 2006, the Company had never been named as a potentially responsible party (“PRP”) at the Site nor had the Company received any requests for information from the EPA concerning the Site. Environmental sampling on the Company’s property within this Site under supervision of regulatory authorities had identified off-site sources for such groundwater contamination and sediment contamination in the Pond, and found no evidence that the Company’s operations or property have contributed or are contributing to the contamination. All appropriate insurance carriers have been notified, and the Company is actively cooperating with them, but whether coverage will be available has not yet been determined and possible insurance recovery cannot now be estimated with any degree of certainty.
 
A substantial portion of the Pond is located on the Company’s property. The Company, along with Beazer East, Inc., the Village of Horseheads, the Town of Horseheads, the County of Chemung, CBS Corporation and Toshiba America, Inc., (collectively, the "PRPs"), have agreed to voluntarily participate in the RI/FS by signing an Administrative Settlement Agreement and Order of Consent on September 29, 2006. On September 29, 2006, the Director of Emergency and Remedial Response Division of the EPA, Region II, approved and executed the Agreement on behalf of the EPA. The PRPs also signed a PRP Member Agreement, agreeing to share the cost of the RI/FS study on a per capita basis.
 
The EPA approved the RI/FS Work Plan in May of 2008. On September 7, 2011, the PRPs submitted the draft Remedial Investigation Report to the EPA and on January 10, 2013, the draft Feasibility Study was submitted to the EPA. The PRPs are preparing a revised draft feasibility study to update site information and to address issues raised by the EPA.
 
The draft Feasibility Study identified alternative remedial actions with estimated life-cycle costs ranging from $0.7 million to $3.4 million . The proposed revised draft feasibility study is identifying an estimated life-cycle range from $0.9 million to $3.7 million . The Company’s portion of the potential costs, based upon the proposed revised feasibility study, are estimated to range from $0.1 million to $0.5 million . Based on the current estimated costs of the various remedial alternatives now under consideration by the EPA, a reserve of $0.2 million has been recorded for the Company’s share of remediation expenses at the Pond as of December 31, 2014 . This reserve is included in " Accrued expenses " in the Consolidated Balance Sheets .

67

Table of Contents

HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
DECEMBER 31, 2014

 
Based upon information currently available, except as described in the preceding paragraphs, the Company does not have material liabilities for environmental remediation. Though the foregoing reflects the Company’s current assessment as it relates to environmental remediation obligations, it is possible that future remedial requirements or changes in the enforcement of existing laws and regulations, which are subject to extensive regulatory discretion, will result in material liabilities to the Company.

The Company leases space for some of the manufacturing, sales and service operations with lease terms up to 16 years and use certain office equipment and automobiles under lease agreements expiring at various dates. Rent expense under these leases totaled $3.0 million , $3.2 million and $3.0 million , during the years ended December 31, 2014 , 2013 , and 2012 , respectively.

At December 31, 2014 , future minimum payments under non-cancelable operating leases are as follows (in thousands):
Year
 
Amount
2015
 
$
2,356

2016
 
1,677

2017
 
1,228

2018
 
788

2019
 
386

Thereafter
 
101

Total
 
$
6,536

    
The Company has entered into written employment contracts with its executive officers. The current effective term of the employment agreements is one year and the agreements contain an automatic, successive one year extension unless either party provides the other with two months prior notice of termination. In the case of a change in control, as defined in the employment contracts, the term of each officer's employment will be automatically extended for a period of two years following the date of the change in control. These employment contracts also provide for severance payments in the event of specified termination of employment, the amount of which is increased upon certain termination events to the extent such events occur within twelve months following a change in control.

NOTE 12.  SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

The Company's common stock has a par value of $0.01 per share. The common stock outstanding activity for each of the years ended December 31, 2014 , 2013 and 2012 was as follows (in shares):
 
Common Stock
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
Balance at beginning of year
12,397,867

 
11,732,714

 
11,659,012

Shares issued under stock offering program
403,863

 
610,389

 

Shares distributed/exercised
23,738

 
79,530

 
113,439

Shares purchased

 
(24,766
)
 
(39,737
)
Shares forfeited
(3,700
)
 

 

Balance at end of year
12,821,768

 
12,397,867

 
11,732,714

    

68

Table of Contents

HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
DECEMBER 31, 2014

On August 9, 2013, the Company entered into a sales agreement (the “Agreement”) with an independent sales agent (“Agent”), under which the Company may, from time to time, sell shares of its common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Shares”), having an aggregate offering price of up to $25.0 million through the Agent. Under the Agreement, the Agent may sell the Shares by methods deemed to be an “at-the-market” offering as defined in Rule 415 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, including sales made directly on the NASDAQ Global Select Market, on any other existing trading market for the common stock or to or through a market maker. In addition, with the prior consent of the Company, the Agent may sell the common stock by any other method permitted by law, including in privately negotiated transactions.
 
The Agreement will terminate upon the earlier of (i) sale of the Shares under the Agreement having an aggregate offering price of $25.0 million and (ii) the termination of the Agreement as permitted therein. The Agreement may be terminated by the Agent or the Company at any time upon 10 days notice to the other party, or by the Agent at any time in certain circumstances, including the occurrence of a material adverse change in the Company. The Company's Board of Directors authorized this program for a period of one year ending August 8, 2014. This authorization has not been renewed as of December 31, 2014 .
     
As of December 31, 2014 , 1,014,252 Shares have been sold under the Agreement for aggregated net proceeds of $14.6 million , of which 663,276 of the shares sold were issued from treasury. During the year ended December 31, 2014 , 403,863 Shares of common stock have been sold under the Agreement for aggregate net proceeds of $5.7 million , of which 52,887 of the shares sold were issued from treasury.

NOTE 13.  EMPLOYEE BENEFITS
 
Pension and Postretirement Plans

The Company provides a qualified defined benefit pension plan covering all eligible domestic employees hired before March 1, 2004. The plan bases benefits upon both years of service and earnings through June 15, 2009. The policy is to fund at least an amount necessary to satisfy the minimum funding requirements of ERISA. For the foreign plans, contributions are made on a monthly basis and are governed by their governmental regulations. Each foreign plan requires employer contributions. Additionally, one of the Swiss plans requires employee contributions. In 2010, the accrual of benefits under the domestic plan and one of the foreign plans were permanently frozen.

Domestic employees hired on or after March 1, 2004 have retirement benefits under the 401(k) defined contribution plan. After the completion of one year of service, the Company will contribute 4% of an employee's pay and will further match 25% of the first 4% that the employee contributes. For employees participating in the domestic 401(k) plan, the Company made contributions of $1.8 million , $1.6 million , and $1.4 million in 2014 , 2013 , and 2012 , respectively. In conjunction with the permanent freeze of benefit accruals under the domestic defined benefit pension plan, employees that were actively participating in the domestic defined benefit pension plan became eligible to receive company contributions in the 401(k) plan. Additionally, upon reaching age 50 , employees who were age 40 or older as of January 1, 2011 and were participants in the domestic defined benefit pension plan are provided enhanced employer contributions in the 401(k) plan to compensate for the loss of future benefit accruals under the defined benefit pension plan. The Company recognized $2.0 million , $1.8 million , and $1.6 million of expense for the domestic defined contribution plan in 2014 , 2013 , and 2012 , respectively. Employees may contribute additional funds to the plan for which there is no required company match. All employer and employee contributions are invested at the direction of the employees in a number of investment alternatives, one being Hardinge Inc. common stock.


69

Table of Contents

HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
DECEMBER 31, 2014

In 2014, as a result of significant lump sum benefits paid out of the Switzerland Pensionskasse L. Kellenberger Plan, a $0.8 million settlement charge was recognized in the net periodic benefit cost. This was offset by a $0.4 million curtailment gain, which was recognized as a result of a significant portion of the active population terminating employment. In 2013, as a result of significant lump sum payments made in two of the foreign plans, a $0.2 million settlement charge was recognized and was reflected in the net periodic benefit cost. In 2012, a $3.2 million prior service credit in two of the foreign pension plans was recognized as a result of a plan amendment that changed the interest rates used to convert lump sums to annuity payments.

As a result of the acquisition of the Forkardt operations from Illinois Tool Works in May 2013, the benefit obligations of the Forkardt defined benefit and postretirement medical plans were assumed. These obligations included a Termination Indemnity Plan in France and a Postretirement Medical Plan in the U.S.

The Company provides a contributory retiree health plan covering all eligible domestic employees who retired at normal retirement age prior to January 1, 1993 and all retirees who have or will retire at normal retirement age after January 1, 1993 with at least 10 years of active service. Employees who elect early retirement on or after reaching age 55 are eligible for the plan benefits if they have 15 years of active service at retirement. Benefit obligations and funding policies are at the discretion of management. Increases in the cost of the retiree health plan are paid by the participants. The Company also provides a non-contributory life insurance plan to retirees who meet the same eligibility criteria as required for retiree health insurance. Because the amount of liability relative to this plan is insignificant, it is combined with the health plan for purposes of this disclosure.

The discount rate for determining benefit obligations in the postretirement benefits plans was 4.23% and 5.13% at December 31, 2014 and 2013 , respectively. The change in the discount rate increased the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation as of December 31, 2014 by $0.2 million .


70

Table of Contents

HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
DECEMBER 31, 2014

A summary of the pension and postretirement benefits plans' funded status and amounts recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets is as follows (in thousands):
 
Pension Benefits
 
Postretirement
Benefits
 
December 31,
 
December 31,
 
2014
 
2013
 
2014
 
2013
Change in benefit obligation  :
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Benefit obligation at beginning of year
$
216,306

 
$
223,780

 
$
1,769

 
$
2,312

Service cost
1,421

 
1,401

 
11

 
18

Interest cost
8,426

 
7,380

 
87

 
92

Plan participants' contributions
1,501

 
1,567

 
326

 
375

Actuarial loss (gain)
34,840

 
(12,208
)
 
10

 
(452
)
Foreign currency impact
(11,792
)
 
2,463

 

 

Benefits and administrative expenses paid
(11,985
)
 
(7,760
)
 
(397
)
 
(604
)
Settlements
(3,284
)
 
(628
)
 

 

Acquisitions

 
311

 

 
28

Benefit obligation at end of year
235,433

 
216,306

 
1,806

 
1,769

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Change in plan assets:
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year
193,429

 
176,693

 

 

Actual return on plan assets
14,688

 
18,233

 

 

Employer contributions
2,644

 
2,732

 
71

 
229

Plan participants' contributions
1,501

 
1,567

 
326

 
375

Foreign currency impact
(11,012
)
 
2,592

 

 

Benefits and administrative expenses paid
(11,985
)
 
(7,760
)
 
(397
)
 
(604
)
Settlements
(3,284
)
 
(628
)
 

 

Fair value of plan assets at end of year
185,981

 
193,429

 

 

Funded status of plans
$
(49,452
)
 
$
(22,877
)
 
$
(1,806
)
 
$
(1,769
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Amounts recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets consist of:
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Non-current assets
$
2,318

 
$
4,023

 
$

 
$

Current liabilities
(253
)
 
(232
)
 
(112
)
 
(131
)
Non-current liabilities
(51,517
)
 
(26,668
)
 
(1,694
)
 
(1,638
)
Net amount recognized
$
(49,452
)
 
$
(22,877
)
 
$
(1,806
)
 
$
(1,769
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Amounts recognized in Accumulated Other Comprehensive (Loss)
  consists of:
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Net actuarial (loss) gain
$
(75,220
)
 
$
(50,580
)
 
$
657

 
$
724

Transition asset
500

 
850

 

 

Prior service credit
2,126

 
3,232

 

 

Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income
(72,594
)
 
(46,498
)
 
657

 
724

Accumulated contributions in excess (deficit) of net periodic benefit cost
23,142

 
23,621

 
(2,463
)
 
(2,493
)
Net deficit recognized in Consolidated Balance Sheets
$
(49,452
)
 
$
(22,877
)
 
$
(1,806
)
 
$
(1,769
)
    

71

Table of Contents

HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
DECEMBER 31, 2014

The projected benefit obligations for the foreign pension plans included in the amounts above were $114.1 million and $106.7 million at December 31, 2014 and 2013 , respectively. The plan assets for the foreign pension plans included above were $102.6 million and $105.8 million at December 31, 2014 and 2013 , respectively.

The accumulated benefit obligations for the foreign and domestic pension plans were $231.4 million and $212.2 million at December 31, 2014 and 2013 , respectively.

The following information is presented for pension plans where the projected benefit obligations exceeded the fair value of plan assets (in thousands):
 
Pension Benefits
 
December 31,
 
2014
 
2013
Projected benefit obligations
$
228,138

 
$
128,638

Fair value of plan assets
176,367

 
101,738

Excess of projected benefit obligations over plan assets
$
51,771

 
$
26,900

    
The following information is presented for pension plans where the accumulated benefit obligations exceeded the fair value of plan assets (in thousands):
 
Pension Benefits
 
December 31,
 
2014
 
2013
Accumulated benefit obligations
$
223,921

 
$
127,692

Fair value of plan assets
175,766

 
101,145

Excess of accumulated benefit obligations over plan assets
$
48,155

 
$
26,547


A summary of the components of net periodic benefit cost for the Company, which includes an executive supplemental pension plan, is presented below (in thousands):
 
Pension Benefits
 
Postretirement Benefits
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
Service cost
$
1,421

 
$
1,401

 
$
1,246

 
$
11

 
$
18

 
$
18

Interest cost
8,426

 
7,380

 
8,159

 
87

 
92

 
111

Expected return on plan assets
(9,892
)
 
(9,464
)
 
(9,495
)
 

 

 

Amortization of prior service credit
(399
)
 
(393
)
 
(54
)
 

 
(254
)
 
(353
)
Amortization of transition asset
(276
)
 
(272
)
 
(269
)
 

 

 

Settlement loss
810

 
229

 

 

 

 

Curtailment gain
(409
)
 

 

 

 

 

Amortization of loss (gain)
1,719

 
3,223

 
2,417

 
(57
)
 
(5
)
 
(7
)
Net periodic benefit cost (income)
$
1,400

 
$
2,104

 
$
2,004

 
$
41

 
$
(149
)
 
$
(231
)


72

Table of Contents

HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
DECEMBER 31, 2014

A summary of the changes in pension and postretirement benefits recognized in other comprehensive (income) loss is presented below (in thousands):
 
Pension Benefits
 
Postretirement Benefits
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
Net loss (gain) arising during year
$
30,044

 
$
(20,977
)
 
$
12,533

 
$
10

 
$
(452
)
 
$
30

Amortization of transition asset
286

 
272

 
269

 

 

 

Amortization of prior service credit
808

 
393

 
54

 

 
254

 
353

Other gain

 

 
(3,216
)
 

 

 

Amortization of (gain) loss
(2,539
)
 
(3,452
)
 
(2,417
)
 
57

 
5

 
7

Foreign currency exchange impact
(2,503
)
 
268

 
713

 

 

 

Total recognized in other comprehensive
   (income) loss
26,096

 
(23,496
)
 
7,936

 
67

 
(193
)
 
390

Net recognized in net periodic benefit cost and
   other comprehensive (income) loss
$
27,496

 
$
(21,392
)
 
$
9,940

 
$
108

 
$
(342
)
 
$
159

    
The net periodic benefit cost for the foreign pension plans included in the amounts above was $0.7 million , $1.4 million , and $1.9 million , for the years ended December 31, 2014 , 2013 , and 2012 , respectively.

The Company expects to recognize $3.2 million of net loss, $0.2 million of net transition assets and $0.3 million of net prior service credit as components of net periodic benefit cost in 2015 for the defined benefit pension plans. The Company expects to recognize $0.1 million of net gain as a component of net periodic benefit cost for the postretirement benefits plans in 2015 .
 
Actuarial assumptions used to determine pension costs and other postretirement benefit costs include:
 
Pension Benefits
 
Postretirement Benefits
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
Assumptions at January 1
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 

For the domestic plans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 

Discount rate
5.24
%
 
4.31
%
 
5.11
%
 
5.13
%
 
4.21
%
 
4.92
%
Expected return on plan assets
7.50
%
 
7.75
%
 
7.75
%
 
N/A

 
N/A

 
N/A

For the foreign plans:
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Weighted average discount rate
2.57
%
 
2.34
%
 
3.01
%
 
 

 
 

 
 

Weighted average expected return on plan assets
4.03
%
 
3.91
%
 
4.07
%
 
 

 
 

 
 

Weighted average rate of compensation increase
1.64
%
 
2.51
%
 
2.51
%
 
 

 
 

 
 

    
Actuarial assumptions used to determine pension obligations and other postretirement benefit obligations include:
 
Pension Benefits
 
Postretirement
Benefits
 
2014
 
2013
 
2014
 
2013
Assumptions at December 31
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
For the domestic plans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Discount rate
4.28
%
 
5.24
%
 
4.23
%
 
5.13
%
For the foreign pension plans:
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Weighted average discount rate
1.43
%
 
2.75
%
 
 

 
 

Weighted average rate of compensation increase
1.76
%
 
1.76
%
 
 

 
 

    

73

Table of Contents

HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
DECEMBER 31, 2014

For the domestic and foreign plans (except for the Taiwan plan), discount rates used to determine the benefit obligations are based on the yields on high grade corporate bonds in each market with maturities matching the projected benefit payments. The discount rate for the Taiwan plan is based on the yield on long-dated government bonds plus a spread. To develop the expected long-term rate of return on assets assumption, for the domestic and foreign plans, management considers the current level of expected returns on least risk investments (primarily government bonds) in each market, the historical level of the risk premium associated with the other asset classes in which the portfolio is invested, and the expectations for future returns of each asset class. The expected return for each asset class was then weighted based on the asset allocation to develop the expected long-term rate of return on assets assumption. The market-related value of assets for the U.S. qualified defined benefit pension plan recognizes asset losses and gains over a five-year period, which the Company believes is consistent with the long-term nature of the pension obligations.

Investment Policies and Strategies

For the qualified domestic defined benefit pension plan, the plan targets an asset allocation of approximately 55% equity securities, 36% debt securities and 9% other. For the foreign defined benefit pension plans, the plans target blended asset allocation of 37% equity securities, 45% debt securities and 18% other.

Given the relatively long horizon of the aggregate obligation, the investment strategy is to improve and maintain the funded status of the domestic and foreign plans over time without exposure to excessive asset value volatility. This risk is managed primarily by maintaining actual asset allocations between equity and fixed income securities for the plans within a specified range of its target asset allocation. In addition, the Company ensures that diversification across various investment subcategories within each plan are also maintained within specified ranges.

The domestic and foreign pension assets are managed by outside investment managers and held in trust by third-party custodians. The selection and oversight of these outside service providers is the responsibility of management, investment committees, plan trustees and their advisors. The selection of specific securities is at the discretion of the investment manager and is subject to the provisions set forth by written investment management agreements, related policy guidelines and applicable governmental regulations regarding permissible investments and risk control practices.

Contributions

The Company's funding policy is to contribute to the defined benefit pension plans when pension laws and economics either require or encourage funding. The qualified domestic plan is the largest of all the Company's defined benefit pension plans. No contributions were made to this plan for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 .

During 2014, Congress enacted the Highway and Transportation Funding Act of 2014 ("HAFTA"). In the short-term, HAFTA will increase the discount rates used to determine funding liabilities for the domestic defined benefit pension plan, resulting in significantly lower pension contributions. As a result of HAFTA, minimal contributions are expected to be made to the domestic defined benefit pension plan during the year ending December 31, 2015 .

The Company also provides defined benefit pension plans or defined contribution retirement plans for the foreign subsidiaries. Each of the foreign defined benefit pension plans requires employer contributions. Additionally, one of the Switzerland plans requires employee contributions. The expected Company contributions to be paid during the year ending December 31, 2015 to the foreign defined benefit pension plans are $2.4 million .


74

Table of Contents

HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
DECEMBER 31, 2014

Estimated Future Benefit Payments

The following benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, are expected to be paid (in thousands):
Year
 
Pension Benefits
 
Postretirement Benefits
2015
 
$
9,107

 
$
113

2016
 
9,264

 
118

2017
 
9,971

 
120

2018
 
10,725

 
124

2019
 
11,107

 
128

Thereafter
 
58,934

 
585


Foreign Operations

The Company has employees in certain foreign countries that are covered by defined contribution retirement plans and other employee benefit plans. Related obligations and costs charged to operations for these plans are not material. The foreign entities with defined benefit pension plans are included in the consolidated pension plans described earlier within this footnote.

NOTE 14.  STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

On May 3, 2011, the Company's shareholders approved the 2011 Incentive Stock Plan (the "Plan"), which was amended on May 6, 2014. The Plan's purpose is to enhance the profitability and value of the Company for the benefit of its shareholders by attracting, retaining, and motivating officers and other key employees who make important contributions to the success of the Company. The Plan initially reserved 750,000 shares of the Company's common stock (as such amount may be adjusted in accordance with the terms of the Plan, the "Authorized Plan Amount") to be issued for grants of several different types of incentives including incentive stock options, non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock incentives, and performance share incentives. Any shares of common stock granted under options or stock appreciation rights prior to May 6, 2014 shall be counted against the Authorized Plan Amount on a one -for- one basis and any shares of common stock granted as awards other than options or stock appreciation rights shall be counted against the Authorized Plan Amount as two ( 2 ) shares of common stock for every one ( 1 ) share of common stock subject to such award. On May 6, 2014, the Company's Board of Directors approved an amendment to the plan to (a) increase the number of shares available for the plan to 1,500,000 , and (b) change the ratio of shares of common stock granted as awards other than options or stock appreciation rights to be counted against the Authorized Plan Amount as 1.75  shares of common stock for every one ( 1 ) share of common stock subject to such award. Authorized and issued shares of common stock or previously issued shares of common stock purchased by the Company for purposes of the Plan may be issued under the Plan.

Stock-based compensation to employees is recorded in " Selling, general and administrative expenses " in the Consolidated Statements of Operations based on the fair value at the grant date of the award. These non-cash compensation costs were included in the " Depreciation and amortization " amounts in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows .

A summary of stock-based compensation expense is as follows (in thousands):
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
Restricted stock/unit awards
$
409

 
$
363

 
$
421

Performance share incentives
(80
)
 
258

 
241

Total stock-based compensation expense
$
329

 
$
621

 
$
662


Restricted stock/unit awards, performance share incentives and stock options are the only award types currently outstanding. Restricted stock/unit awards and performance share incentives are discussed below. Stock option activity is not significant.

75

Table of Contents

HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
DECEMBER 31, 2014


Restricted Stock/Unit Awards

Restricted stock/units (the "RSA") are awarded to employees. RSAs vest at the end of the service period and are subject to forfeiture as well as transfer restrictions. During the vesting period, the RSAs are held by the Company and the recipients are entitled to exercise rights pertaining to such shares, including the right to vote such shares.

The RSAs are valued based on the closing market price of the Company's common stock on the date of the grant. There were no RSAs granted during 2014 . The total deferred compensation associated with the RSAs awarded in both 2013 and 2012 was $0.6 million . The deferred compensation is being amortized on a straight-line basis over four years for all outstanding RSAs.

All outstanding RSAs are unvested. A summary of the RSA activity is as follows (in shares):
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
RSAs outstanding at beginning of year
165,875

 
212,340

 
264,640

Awarded

 
45,375

 
70,500

Vested

 
(91,840
)
 
(111,300
)
Canceled or forfeited
(5,700
)
 

 
(11,500
)
RSAs outstanding at end of year
160,175

 
165,875

 
212,340

 
 
 
 
 
 
Unamortized deferred compensation cost (in millions)
$
0.7

 
$
1.2

 
$
0.9

Expected weighted-average recognition period for unrecognized compensation
   cost (in years)
1.64

 
2.64

 
2.63


Performance Share Incentives

Performance share incentives ("PSI") are awarded to certain employees. PSIs are expressed as shares of the Company's common stock. They are earned only if the Company meets specific performance targets over the specified performance period. During this period, PSI recipients have no voting rights. When dividends are declared, such dividends are deemed to be paid to the recipients. The Company withholds and accumulates the deemed dividends until such point that the PSIs are earned. If the PSIs are not earned, the accrued dividends are forfeited. The payment of PSIs can be in cash, or in the Company's common stock, or a combination of the two, at the discretion of the Company. The PSIs were first awarded to employees in 2011.

All outstanding PSIs are unvested. A summary of the PSI activity is as follows (in shares):
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
PSIs outstanding at beginning of year
105,875

 
102,500

 
54,000

Awarded

 
3,375

 
52,500

Canceled or forfeited
(1,875
)
 

 
(4,000
)
PSIs outstanding at end of year
104,000

 
105,875

 
102,500

 
 
 
 
 
 
Unamortized deferred compensation cost (in millions)
$
0.6

 
$
0.5

 
$
0.7

Expected weighted-average recognition period for unrecognized compensation
   cost (in years)
2.13

 
3.16

 
4.16


    

76

Table of Contents

HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
DECEMBER 31, 2014

The PSIs are valued based on the closing market price of the Company's common stock on the date of the grant. There were no PSIs awarded in 2014 . The total deferred compensation associated with the PSIs awarded in 2013 and 2012 was $0.1 million and $0.5 million , respectively. The deferred compensation is being recognized into earnings based on the passage of time and achievement of performance targets.
 
NOTE 15.  CHANGES IN ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE LOSS
 
Changes in AOCI by component for 2014 , 2013 and 2012 are as follows (in thousands):
 
Year Ended December 31, 2014
 
Foreign
currency
translation
adjustments
 
Retirement
plans related
adjustments
 
Unrealized
gain (loss) on
cash flow
hedges
 
Accumulated
other
comprehensive
loss
Beginning balance, net of tax
$
38,663

 
$
(40,213
)
 
$
131

 
$
(1,419
)
Other comprehensive loss before reclassifications
(11,893
)
 
(24,775
)
 
(430
)
 
(37,098
)
Less income (loss) reclassified from AOCI

 
1,388

 
(149
)
 
1,239

Net other comprehensive loss
(11,893
)
 
(26,163
)
 
(281
)
 
(38,337
)
Income taxes
857

 
(1,806
)
 
(6
)
 
(955
)
Ending balance, net of tax
$
25,913

 
$
(64,570
)
 
$
(144
)
 
$
(38,801
)
 
Year Ended December 31, 2013
 
Foreign
currency
translation
adjustments
 
Retirement
plans related
adjustments
 
Unrealized
gain (loss) on
cash flow
hedges
 
Accumulated
other
comprehensive
loss
Beginning balance, net of tax
$
36,830

 
$
(62,375
)
 
$
36

 
$
(25,509
)
Other comprehensive income before reclassifications
1,939

 
26,217

 
71

 
28,227

Less income (loss) reclassified from AOCI

 
2,528

 
(6
)
 
2,522

Net other comprehensive income
1,939

 
23,689

 
77

 
25,705

Income taxes
106

 
1,527

 
(18
)
 
1,615

Ending balance, net of tax
$
38,663

 
$
(40,213
)
 
$
131

 
$
(1,419
)
 
Year Ended December 31, 2012
 
Foreign
currency
translation
adjustments
 
Retirement
plans related
adjustments
 
Unrealized
gain (loss) on
cash flow
hedges
 
Accumulated
other
comprehensive
loss
Beginning balance, net of tax
$
32,340

 
$
(53,969
)
 
$
(504
)
 
$
(22,133
)
Other comprehensive income (loss) before
reclassifications
3,805

 
(6,594
)
 
1,029

 
(1,760
)
Less income reclassified from AOCI

 
1,734

 
378

 
2,112

Net other comprehensive income (loss)
3,805

 
(8,328
)
 
651

 
(3,872
)
Income taxes
(685
)
 
78

 
111

 
(496
)
Ending balance, net of tax
$
36,830

 
$
(62,375
)
 
$
36

 
$
(25,509
)


77

Table of Contents

HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
DECEMBER 31, 2014

Details about reclassification out of AOCI for the 2014 , 2013 and 2012 are as follows (in thousands):
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
Affected line item on the Consolidated Statements of Operations
Details of AOCI components
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
Unrealized (loss) gain on cash flow hedges: 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
(43
)
 
$
(20
)
 
$
101

 
Sales
 
 
(106
)
 
14

 
277

 
Other expense, net
 
 
(149
)
 
(6
)
 
378

 
Total before tax
 
 
(8
)
 
1

 
(63
)
 
Tax (expense) benefit
 
 
$
(157
)
 
$
(5
)
 
$
315

 
Net of tax
Retirement plans related adjustments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Amortization of prior service credit
 
$
(399
)
 
$
(647
)
 
$
(407
)
 
(a)
Amortization of transition asset
 
(276
)
 
(272
)
 
(269
)
 
(a)
Amortization of actuarial loss
 
2,063

 
3,447

 
2,410

 
(a)
 
 
1,388

 
2,528

 
1,734

 
Total before tax
 
 
(65
)
 
(221
)
 
(207
)
 
Tax expense
 
 
$
1,323

 
$
2,307

 
$
1,527

 
Net of tax
 
____________________
(a)  These AOCI components are included in the computation of net period pension and post retirement costs. See Note 13. "Employee Benefits" for details.
 
NOTE 16.  (LOSS) EARNINGS PER SHARE
 
Basic (loss) earnings per share is computed using the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. For diluted (loss) earnings per share, the weighted average number of shares includes common stock equivalents related to stock options and restricted stock. The following table presents the basis of the (loss) earnings per share computation (in thousands):
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
Numerator for basic and diluted (loss) earnings per share:
 
 
 
 
 
(Loss) earnings from continuing operations
$
(2,358
)
 
$
4,395

 
$
17,855

Gain from disposal of discontinued operation, net of tax
218

 
4,890

 

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax

 
642

 

Net (loss) earnings applicable to common shareholders
$
(2,140
)
 
$
9,927

 
$
17,855

 
 
 
 
 
 
Denominator:
 
 
 
 
 
Denominator for basic (loss) earnings per share — weighted
   average shares
12,661

 
11,801

 
11,557

Assumed exercise of stock options

 
28

 
24

Assumed satisfaction of restricted stock conditions

 
62

 
15

Denominator for diluted (loss) earnings per share — adjusted
   weighted average shares
12,661

 
11,891

 
11,596

 
There is no dilutive effect of the restricted stock and stock options for the year ended December 31, 2014 due to the year to date net loss. There would have been 107,090 shares included in the diluted earnings per share calculation for the year ended December 31, 2014 had the impact of including these securities not been anti-dilutive. For the years ended December 31, 2014 , 2013 and 2012 , there were 39,752 shares, 52,125 shares, and 145,262 shares, respectively, of certain stock-based compensation awards excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings per share, as they were anti-dilutive.

78

Table of Contents

HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
DECEMBER 31, 2014


NOTE 17. SEGMENT INFORMATION
 
The Company operates through segments for which separate financial information is available, and for which operating results are evaluated regularly by the Company's chief operating decision maker in determining resource allocation and assessing performance. In 2013, the Company changed its reportable business segment from one reportable segment to two reportable segments, Metalcutting Machine Solutions ("MMS") and Aftermarket Tooling and Accessories ("ATA"). The Company has recast its segment information disclosure for all periods presented to conform to this segment presentation.
    
Metalcutting Machine Solutions (MMS)

This segment includes operations related to grinding, turning, and milling, as discussed below, and related repair parts. The products are considered to be capital goods with sales prices ranging from approximately forty thousand dollars for some high volume products to around two million dollars for some lower volume grinding machines or other specialty built turnkey systems of multiple machines. Sales are subject to economic cycles and, because they are most often purchased to add manufacturing capacity, the cycles can be severe with customers delaying purchases during down cycles and then aggressively requiring machine deliveries during up cycles. Machines are purchased to a lesser extent during down cycles as customers are looking for productivity improvements or they have new products that require new machining capabilities.

The Company engineers and sells high precision computer controlled metalcutting turning machines, vertical machining centers, horizontal machining centers, grinding machines, and repair parts related to those machines.

Turning Machines or lathes are power-driven machines used to remove material from either bar stock or a rough-formed part by moving multiple cutting tools against the surface of a part rotating at very high speeds in a spindle mechanism. The multi-directional movement of the cutting tools allows the part to be shaped to the desired dimensions. On parts produced by Hardinge machines, those dimensions are often measured in millionths of an inch. Management considers Hardinge to be a leader in the field of producing machines capable of consistently and cost-effectively producing parts to very close dimensions.

Machining centers are designed to remove material from stationary, prismatic or box-like parts of various shapes with rotating tools that are capable of milling, drilling, tapping, reaming and routing. Machining centers have mechanisms that automatically change tools based on commands from a built-in computer control without the assistance of an operator. Machining centers are generally purchased by the same customers who purchase other Hardinge equipment. The Company supplies a broad line of machining centers under the Bridgeport brand name addressing a range of sizes, speeds, and powers.

Grinding machines are used in a machining process in which a part's surface is shaped to closer tolerances with a rotating abrasive wheel or tool. Grinding machines can be used to finish parts of various shapes and sizes. The Kellenberger and Usach grinding machines are used to grind the inside and outside diameters of cylindrical parts. Such grinding machines are typically used to provide a more exact finish on a part that has been partially completed on a lathe. The Hauser jig grinding machines are used to make demanding contour components, primarily for tool and mold-making applications. The Jones & Shipman brand represents a line of high quality grinders (surface, creepfeed, and cylindrical) machines used by a wide range of industries. Voumard machines are high quality internal diameter cylindrical grinding systems.

Aftermarket Tooling and Accessories (ATA)

This segment includes products that are purchased by manufacturers throughout the lives of their machines. The prices of units are relatively low per piece with prices ranging from fifty dollars on high volume collets to twenty thousand dollars or more for specialty chucks, and they typically are considered to be a fairly consumable, but durable, product. The Company's products are used on all types and brands of machine tools, not limited to Hardinge Brand. Sales levels are affected by manufacturing cycles, but not to the severity of the capital goods lines. While customers may not purchase large dollar machines during a down cycle, their factories are operating with their existing equipment and accessories are still needed as they wear out or they are needed for a change in production requirements.

79

Table of Contents

HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
DECEMBER 31, 2014


The two primary product groups are collets and chucks. Collets are cone-shaped metal sleeves used for holding circular or rod like pieces in a lathe or other machine that provide effective part holding and accurate part location during machining operations. Chucks are a specialized clamping device used to hold an object with radial symmetry, especially a cylindrical object. It is most commonly used to hold a rotating tool or a rotating work piece. Some of the specialty chucks can also hold irregularly shaped objects that lack radial symmetry. While the Company's products are known for accuracy and durability, they are consumable in nature.

Segment income is measured for internal reporting purposes by excluding corporate expenses, acquisition related charges, impairment charges, interest income, interest expense, and income taxes. Corporate expenses consist primarily of executive employment costs, certain professional fees, and costs associated with the Company’s global headquarters. Financial results for each reportable segment are as follows (in thousands):
 
Year Ended December 31, 2014
 
MMS
 
ATA
 
Inter-Segment
Eliminations
 
Total
Sales
$
243,199

 
$
68,788

 
$
(354
)
 
$
311,633

Depreciation and amortization
6,952

 
2,545

 
 

 
9,497

Segment income
3,950

 
6,708

 
 

 
10,658

Capital expenditures
2,088

 
1,098

 
 

 
3,186

Segment assets (1)
238,462

 
51,838

 
 

 
290,300

 
Year Ended December 31, 2013
 
MMS
 
ATA
 
Inter-Segment
Eliminations
 
Total
Sales
$
278,377

 
$
51,553

 
$
(471
)
 
$
329,459

Depreciation and amortization
6,897

 
1,985

 
 

 
8,882

Segment income
16,338

 
5,689

 
 

 
22,027

Capital expenditures
2,603

 
1,268

 
 

 
3,871

Segment assets (1)
253,173

 
46,082

 
 

 
299,255

 
Year Ended December 31, 2012
 
MMS
 
ATA
 
Inter-Segment
Eliminations
 
Total
Sales
$
306,328

 
$
28,989

 
$
(904
)
 
$
334,413

Depreciation and amortization
6,041

 
706

 
 

 
6,747

Segment income
22,556

 
5,128

 
 

 
27,684

Capital expenditures
7,005

 
636

 
 

 
7,641

Segment assets (1)
276,710

 
17,742

 
 

 
294,452

____________________
(1)  
Segment assets primarily consist of restricted cash, accounts receivable, inventories, prepaid and other assets, property, plant and equipment, and intangible assets. Unallocated assets primarily include, cash and cash equivalents, corporate property, plant and equipment, deferred income taxes, and other non-current assets.
 

80

Table of Contents

HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
DECEMBER 31, 2014

A reconciliation of segment income to consolidated (loss) income from operations before income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2014 , 2013 , and 2012 are as follows (in thousands):
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
Segment income
$
10,658

 
$
22,027

 
$
27,684

Unallocated corporate expense
(5,540
)
 
(4,563
)
 
(7,167
)
Acquisition related inventory step-up charge
(86
)
 
(1,927
)
 

Acquisition related expenses
(178
)
 
(2,154
)
 
(290
)
Impairment charges
(5,766
)
 
(6,239
)
 

Interest expense, net
(678
)
 
(1,064
)
 
(741
)
Other unallocated income (expense)
465

 
(148
)
 
(145
)
(Loss) income from continuing operations before income taxes
$
(1,125
)
 
$
5,932

 
$
19,341

 
A reconciliation of segment assets to consolidated total assets follows (in thousands):
 
December 31,
2014
 
December 31,
2013
 
December 31,
2012
Total segment assets
$
290,300

 
$
299,255

 
$
294,452

Unallocated assets
21,020

 
44,928

 
31,202

Total assets
$
311,320

 
$
344,183

 
$
325,654


Unallocated assets include cash of $16.3 million , $34.7 million and $26.9 million at December 31, 2014 , 2013 and 2012 , respectively.

There is no single customer who accounted for more than 6% of the consolidated sales in 2014 , 2013 or 2012 . Products are sold throughout the world and sales are attributed to countries based on the country where the products are shipped to. Information concerning the principal geographic areas is follows (in thousands):
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
Sales
 
Long-lived
Assets (1)
 
Sales
 
Long-lived
Assets (1)
 
Sales
 
Long-lived
Assets (1)
North America
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

United States
$
94,420

 
$
39,656

 
$
105,764

 
$
49,270

 
$
79,013

 
$
33,564

Other
6,474

 

 
3,693

 

 
4,533

 

Total North America
100,894

 
39,656

 
109,457

 
49,270

 
83,546

 
33,564

Europe
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

England
13,848

 
604

 
21,090

 
645

 
28,328

 
739

Germany
46,543

 
1,741

 
40,277

 
1,943

 
39,595

 
267

Switzerland
6,834

 
31,524

 
6,063

 
37,055

 
9,622

 
38,121

Other
35,838

 
107

 
32,696

 
143

 
43,463

 
10

Total Europe
103,063

 
33,976

 
100,126

 
39,786

 
121,008

 
39,137

Asia
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

China
88,933

 
11,543

 
96,532

 
12,468

 
102,550

 
12,405

Taiwan
4,296

 
14,603

 
4,541

 
15,197

 
5,474

 
16,010

Other
14,447

 
3,011

 
18,803

 

 
21,835

 

Total Asia
107,676

 
29,157

 
119,876

 
27,665

 
129,859

 
28,415

Consolidated Total
$
311,633

 
$
102,789

 
$
329,459

 
$
116,721

 
$
334,413

 
$
101,116

____________________  
(1)  
Long-lived assets consist of property, plant and equipment, goodwill, and other intangible assets.
 

81

Table of Contents

HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
DECEMBER 31, 2014

NOTE 18.  SELECTED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)

Summarized quarterly financial information for 2014 and 2013 is as follows (in thousands, except per share data):
 
Quarter
 
First
 
Second
 
Third
 
Fourth
2014
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Sales
$
70,850

 
$
78,851

 
$
68,924

 
$
93,008

Gross profit
19,220

 
21,961

 
18,677

 
27,020

Net (loss) income from continuing operations
(671
)
 
1,349

 
(7,578
)
 
4,542

Gain from disposal of discontinued operation, net of tax
218

 

 

 

Net (loss) income
(453
)
 
1,349

 
(7,578
)
 
4,542

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Per share data:
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Basic (loss) earnings per share:
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Continuing operations
$
(0.05
)
 
$
0.11

 
$
(0.60
)
 
$
0.36

Gain from disposal of discontinued operation
0.01

 

 

 

Basic (loss) earnings per share (1)
$
(0.04
)
 
$
0.11

 
$
(0.60
)
 
$
0.36

Diluted (loss) earnings per share:
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Continuing operations
$
(0.05
)
 
$
0.11

 
$
(0.60
)
 
$
0.35

Gain from disposal of discontinued operation
0.01

 

 

 

Diluted earnings per share (1)
$
(0.04
)
 
$
0.11

 
$
(0.60
)
 
$
0.35

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic weighted average shares outstanding
12,499

 
12,715

 
12,715

 
12,716

Diluted weighted average shares outstanding
12,499

 
12,820

 
12,715

 
12,832



82

Table of Contents

HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
DECEMBER 31, 2014

 
Quarter
 
First
 
Second
 
Third
 
Fourth
2013
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Sales
$
67,219

 
$
79,355

 
$
79,784

 
$
103,101

Gross profit
18,973

 
22,767

 
22,041

 
29,458

Net income from continuing operations
40

 
2,056

 
1,173

 
1,126

Gain from disposal of discontinued operation, net of tax

 

 

 
4,890

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax

 
209

 
306

 
127

Net income
40

 
2,265

 
1,479

 
6,143

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Per share data:
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Basic earnings per share:
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Continuing operations
$

 
$
0.18

 
$
0.10

 
$
0.09

Gain from disposal of discontinued operation

 

 

 
0.40

Discontinued operations

 
0.01

 
0.03

 
0.01

Basic earnings per share (1)
$

 
$
0.19

 
$
0.13

 
$
0.50

Diluted earnings per share:
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Continuing operations
$

 
$
0.18

 
$
0.10

 
$
0.09

Gain from disposal of discontinued operation

 

 

 
0.40

Discontinued operations

 
0.01

 
0.03

 
0.01

Diluted earnings per share (1)
$

 
$
0.19

 
$
0.13

 
$
0.50

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic weighted average shares outstanding
11,660

 
11,663

 
11,721

 
12,160

Diluted weighted average shares outstanding
11,743

 
11,754

 
11,813

 
12,253

____________________
(1)  
Due to the changes in outstanding shares from quarter to quarter, the total earnings per share of the four quarters may not necessarily equal the earnings per share for the year.

NOTE 19.  NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARDS
    
In January 2015, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued authoritative guidance regarding the accounting treatment of extraordinary and unusual items in the statements of operations. This guidance eliminates the concept of extraordinary items. Although the amendments will eliminate the requirements in current guidance for reporting entities to consider whether an underlying event or transaction is extraordinary, the presentation and disclosure guidance for items that are unusual in nature or occur infrequently will be retained and will be expanded to include items that are both unusual in nature and infrequently occurring. This guidance is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2015. A reporting entity may apply the amendments prospectively. The Company does not believe the effects of this guidance will have an impact on its consolidated financial statements and disclosures.

In November 2014, the FASB issued authoritative guidance related to pushdown accounting. The new guidance provides an acquired entity with an option to apply pushdown accounting in its separate financial statements upon occurrence of an event in which an acquirer obtains control of the acquired entity. The amendments are effective on November 18, 2014, which is the date that the Company adopted this guidance. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

83

Table of Contents

HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
DECEMBER 31, 2014


In August 2014, the FASB issued authoritative guidance on management's evaluation and disclosure of uncertainties about the entity's ability to continue as a going concern. In connection with the preparation of the interim and annual financial statements, management will be required to perform an assessment of whether there are conditions or events, considered in the aggregate, that raise substantial doubt about the entity's ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date that the financial statements are issued. If conditions or events are identified that raise substantial doubt that the entity will be unable to meet its obligations as they become due within one year after the date that the financial statements are issued, additional disclosures are required. This guidance is effective for the annual period ending after December 15, 2016, and for interim and annual periods thereafter. Early application is permitted. Management does not believe that the adoption of this accounting guidance will have a material impact on the financial statements or related disclosures.     

In June 2014, FASB issued authoritative guidance on accounting for share-based payments when the terms of the award provide that a performance target could be achieved after the requisite service period. This guidance requires that a performance target that affects vesting and that could be achieved after the requisite service period be treated as a performance condition, and as such, should not be reflected in estimating the grant-date fair value of the award. This guidance is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2015, with early adoption permitted. Management does not believe that the adoption of this accounting guidance will have a material impact on the financial statements or related disclosures.     

In May 2014, FASB issued authoritative guidance on accounting for revenue recognition. The objective of this guidance is to establish a single comprehensive model for entities to use in accounting for revenue arising from contracts with customers and will supersede most of the existing revenue recognition guidance, including industry-specific guidance. The core principle is that an entity recognizes revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. In applying the new guidance, an entity will (1) identify the contract(s) with a customer; (2) identify the performance obligations in the contract; (3) determine the transaction price; (4) allocate the transaction price to the contract’s performance obligations; and (5) recognize revenue when (or as) the entity satisfies a performance obligation. This guidance applies to all contracts with customers except those that are within the scope of other topics in the FASB Accounting Standards Codification. The new guidance is effective for annual reporting periods (including interim periods within those periods) beginning after December 15, 2016 for public companies. Early adoption is not permitted. Entities have the option of using either a full retrospective or modified approach to adopt this guidance. The Company is currently evaluating the new guidance and has not determined the impact this standard may have on the financial statements, nor decided upon the method of adoption.

In April 2014, FASB issued authoritative guidance on the presentation and disclosure of discontinued operations. This guidance is effective for all disposals (or classifications as held for sale) of components of an entity that occur within annual periods beginning on or after December 15, 2014. Early adoption is permitted, but only for disposals (or classifications as held for sale) that have not been previously reported in financial statements. Management does not believe that the adoption of this accounting guidance will have a material impact on the financial statements.

84

Table of Contents

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.
None

Item 9A.  Controls and Procedures.

Management's Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
 
Management of the Company, under the supervision and with the participation of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, carried out an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2014 , as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

Based upon this evaluation, the Company's Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Company's disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2014 .

Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

The management of Hardinge Inc. is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f). Under the supervision of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, management conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014 based on the framework in Internal Control-Integrated Framework (1992 Framework) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Based on that evaluation, management has concluded that the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014 .

As previously reported in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013 , the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were not effective as of December 31, 2013 , due to a material weakness in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting related to the computation of the Company’s gain from the sale of the Forkardt Swiss operations in December 2013. Specifically, management review over complex, non-routine transactions that could have a significant impact on financial reporting was not operating effectively as of December 31, 2013 . The Company has implemented new controls and procedures in the current year to address the material weakness, including engaging third-party specialists to provide additional review when significant non-routine transactions of a complex nature occur. Testing of these remedial actions was completed as of the end of the period covered by this report and management has concluded that this material weakness has been remediated.

Ernst & Young LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, has audited our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and, as part of their audit, has issued their attestation report, included herein, on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014 .

Changes in Internal Control

As described above, there have been changes in the Company's internal control over financial reporting during the most recent fiscal quarter that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company's internal control over financial reporting.

 
 
/s/ RICHARD L. SIMONS
 
 
Richard L. Simons
 
 
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ DOUGLAS J. MALONE
 
 
Douglas J. Malone
 
 
Vice President and Chief Financial Officer


85

Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Shareholders of
Hardinge Inc. and Subsidiaries

We have audited Hardinge Inc. and Subsidiaries' internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014 , based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (1992 framework) (the COSO criteria). Hardinge Inc. and Subsidiaries' management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, Hardinge Inc. and Subsidiaries maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014 , based on the COSO criteria.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Hardinge Inc. and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive (loss) income, shareholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2014 of Hardinge Inc. and Subsidiaries and our report dated March 12, 2015 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.


/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Buffalo, New York
March 12, 2015

Item 9B. Other Information.
 
None.

86

Table of Contents

PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.

Certain information required by this item such as: the identity of the Board of Directors and those directors determined by the Board to be independent; the members of the Audit Committee, all of whom have been determined by the Board to be independent; the Audit Committee member determined by the Board to be the financial expert; and the Shareholders Nominating Procedures are all incorporated by reference from the Registrant's proxy statement to be filed with the Commission on or about March 26, 2015 . Additional information required to be furnished by Item 401 of Regulation S-K is as follows:

List of Executive Officers of the Registrant
Name
 
Age
 
Executive
Officer
Since
 
Positions and Offices Held
Richard L. Simons
 
59
 
2008
 
Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer since February 2012; President and Chief Executive Officer May 2008 - January 2012; Senior Vice President and Chief Operating Officer March 2008 - May 2008; Vice President, Controller and Chief Accounting Officer of Carpenter Technology Corporation, July 2005 - February 2008; Executive Vice President of Hardinge Inc., April 2000 - July 2005. Member of the Board of Directors of Hardinge from 2001 - July 2005 and from May 2008 to present. Various other Company positions, 1983 - 2000.
Douglas J. Malone
 
50
 
2013
 
Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since December 2013; Controller and Chief Accounting Officer August 2008 - December 2013; Senior Vice President-Financial Planning and Analysis for Five Star Bank, a subsidiary of Financial Institutions, Inc., 2005 - 2008; Senior Vice President-Finance and Operations for Bath National Bank, a subsidiary of Financial Institutions, Inc., 2002 - 2005. Mr. Malone also served as a Senior Audit Manager and various other positions at KPMG LLP for a period of seven years.
James P. Langa
 
56
 
2009
 
Senior Vice President-Asia Operations since May 2011; Vice President-Global Engineering, Quality and Strategic Sourcing September 2008 - April 2011; Vice President/General Manager-North American Operations January, 2008 - September 2008; Vice President/General Manager North American Machine Operations, June 2007 - January 2008; Director, Original Equipment Sales & Marketing for Wellman Products Group (Division of Hawk Corporation) 2006-2007 and Focus Factory Manager for Wellman Products Group, 2005-2006.
Douglas C. Tifft
 
60
 
1988
 
Senior Vice President-Administration since April 2000; Vice President-Administration 1998 - 1999; Vice President-Employee Relations since 1988. Various other Company positions 1978 - 1988.
William Sepanik
 
49
 
2015
 
Vice President of Forkardt Operations since May, 2013; Group General Manager of Forkardt International from January 2011 - May 2013 for ITW; General Manager of ITW Workholding, North American Operations, April 2007 - January 2011; Various other positions in ITW Workholding from July 1996 - April 2007; Engineering Manager and various other positions for Hayes Lemmerz and Motor Wheel Corporation from April 1989 - June 1996.

Code of Ethics

Our Board of Directors adopted the Code of Ethics for the Chief Executive and the Senior Financial Officers and the Code of Conduct for Directors and Executive Officers which supplement the Code of Conduct governing all employees and directors. A copy of all said Codes is available on our website at www.hardinge.com. We will also provide a copy of the said Codes to shareholders upon request. To obtain a copy of one or more of the Codes, please write to Assistant Treasurer, Hardinge Inc., One Hardinge Drive, Elmira, New York 14902. We will disclose future amendments to, or waivers from, the said Code of Ethics for the Chief Executive and Senior Financial Officers on our website within four business days following the date of such amendment or waiver.

Item 11. Executive Compensation.

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from the Registrant's proxy statement to be filed with the Commission on or about March 26, 2015 .


87

Table of Contents

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from the Registrant's proxy statement to be filed with the Commission on or about March 26, 2015 .

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from the Registrant's proxy statement to be filed with the Commission on or about March  March 26, 2015 .

Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services.

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from the Registrant's proxy statement to be filed with the Commission on or about March 26, 2015 .


88

Table of Contents

PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules.

(a)
 
(1)
 
Financial Statements:  The financial statements of the Registrant provided in Item 8. "Financial Statements and Supplementary Data" of this Report are incorporated herein by reference.
 
 
(2)
 
Financial Statement Schedules:  The financial statement schedules of the Registrant provided in Item 8. "Financial Statements and Supplementary Data" of Form 10-K as filed on March 12, 2015 are incorporated herein by reference. The financial statement schedule required by Regulation S-X (17 CFR 210) is filed as part of this report:
 
 
 
 
Schedule II-Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
 
 
 
 
All other schedules are omitted because the conditions requiring their filing do not exist, or because the required information is provided in the Consolidated Financial Statements, including notes thereto.
 
 
(3)
 
Exhibits:  Exhibits filed as part of this Report: See (b) below.
(b)
 
 
 
Exhibits required by Item 601 of Regulation S-K filed as a part of this Report on Form 10-K or incorporated by reference as indicated.

 
 
 
 
Incorporated by Reference
Exhibit No.
 
Exhibit Description
 
Form
 
Exhibit
 
Filing Date/
Period End
Due
2.1
 
Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 9, 2013, by and between Illinois Tool Works, Inc. and Cherry Acquisition Corporation (n/k/a Forkardt Inc.)
 
8-K
 
2.1
 
May 15, 2013
2.2
 
Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of September 5, 2014, by and among Peter Wolters GmbH, Lam Research Corporation, Hardinge GmbH, L. Kellenberger & Co., AG and Hardinge Inc.
 
8-K
 
2.1
 
September 26, 2014
3.1
 
Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Hardinge Inc.
 
 
 
 
 
 
3.2
 
Certificate of Amendment of the Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Hardinge Inc.
 
8-K
 
3.2
 
February 23, 2010
3.3
 
By-laws of Hardinge Inc.
 
10-Q
 
3.3
 
March 31, 2014
4.1
 
Specimen of certificate for shares of Common Stock, par value $.01 per share of Hardinge Inc.
 
8-A
 
3
 
May 19, 1995
10.1
 
$3,000,000 Commercial Line of Credit Agreement dated August 26, 2009 between Hardinge Inc. and Chemung Canal Trust Company
 
8-K
 
10.3
 
August 26, 2009
10.2
 
Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated May 9, 2013, by and among M&T Bank, Hardinge Inc., Cherry Acquisition Corporation (n/k/a Forkardt Inc.) and Usach Technologies, Inc.
 
10-Q
 
10.1
 
June 30, 2013
10.3
 
Replacement Standard LIBOR Grid Note, dated May 9, 2013, issued by Hardinge Inc., Cherry Acquisition Corporation (n/k/a Forkardt Inc.) and Usach Technologies Inc. for the benefit of M&T Bank
 
10-Q
 
10.2
 
June 30, 2013
10.4
 
General Security Agreement, dated May 9, 2013, by and between Hardinge Inc. and M&T Bank
 
10-Q
 
10.3
 
June 30, 2013
10.5
 
Schedule Required by Instruction 2 to Item 601 of Regulation S-K
 
10-Q
 
10.4
 
June 30, 2013
10.6
 
Credit Agreement, dated May 9, 2013, by and between Hardinge Inc., Hardinge Holdings GmbH and M&T Bank
 
10-Q
 
10.5
 
June 30, 2013
10.7
 
General Security Agreement, dated May 9, 2013, by and between Hardinge Inc. and M&T Bank
 
10-Q
 
10.7
 
June 30, 2013
10.8
 
Schedule Required by Instruction 2 to Item 601 of Regulation S-K
 
10-Q
 
10.8
 
June 30, 2013
10.9
 
Agreement between Hardinge Inc. and M&T Bank, dated October 31, 2013
 
10-K
 
10.9
 
December 31, 2013

89

Table of Contents

 
 
 
 
Incorporated by Reference
Exhibit No.
 
Exhibit Description
 
Form
 
Exhibit
 
Filing Date/
Period End
Due
10.10
 
Replacement Term Note, dated November 6, 2013, issued by Hardinge Inc. and Hardinge Holdings GmbH for the benefit of M&T Bank
 
10-K
 
10.10
 
December 31, 2013
10.11
 
Rate Rider (for Actual Balance Promissory Notes), dated November 6, 2013, issued by Hardinge Inc. and Hardinge Holdings GmbH for the benefit of M&T Bank
 
10-K
 
10.11
 
December 31, 2013
10.12
 
Credit Facilities Agreement dated July 12, 2013 between Hardinge Holdings GmbH L. Kellenberger & Co. AG and Credit Suisse AG
 
8-K
 
10.1
 
July 18, 2013
10.13
 
Collateral Agreement dated July 12, 2013 between L. Kellenberger & Co. AG and Credit Suisse AG
 
8-K
 
10.2
 
July 18, 2013
10.14
 
Collateral Agreement dated July 12, 2013 between L. Kellenberger & Co. AG and Credit Suisse AG
 
8-K
 
10.3
 
July 18, 2013
10.15
 
Master Credit Agreement dated October 30, 2009 between L. Kellenberger & Co. AG and UBS AG
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.16
 
Supplement 1 dated August 10, 2010 to Master Credit Agreement dated October 30, 2009 between L. Kellenberger & Co. AG and UBS AG
 
8-K
 
10.1
 
August 12, 2010
10.17
 
Credit Agreement dated December 20, 2011 between L. Kellenberger & Co. AG and Credit Suisse AG
 
10-K
 
10.15
 
December 31, 2011
10.18
 
General Credit Facility Agreement dated July 26, 2011 between Harding Machine Tools B.V., Taiwan Branch and Mega International Commercial Bank Co. Ltd.
 
10-Q
 
10.2
 
September 30, 2011
10.19
 
RMB Loan Contract dated August 31, 2011 between Hardinge Precision Machinery (Jiaxing) Co., Ltd. and China Construction Bank
 
10-Q
 
10.3
 
September 30, 2011
10.20
 
Maximum Amount Mortgage Contract dated December 20, 2012 between Hardinge Precision Machinery (Jiaxing) Co. Ltd. and China Construction Bank
 
10-K
 
10.19
 
December 31, 2012
10.21
 
Stock Purchase Agreement, dated December 20, 2012, by and among Hardinge Inc., Giacomo Antonini and Bere Antonini
 
10-K
 
2.1
 
December 31, 2012
10.22
 
Controlled Equity Offering SM  Sales Agreement dated August 9, 2013, by and between Hardinge Inc. and Cantor Fitzgerald & Co.
 
8-K
 
10.1
 
August 9, 2013
10.23
 
Share Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 19, 2013, by and between Hardinge Holdings GmbH and SwissChuck Holding AG
 
8-K
 
2.1
 
December 26, 2013
10.24
*
The Hardinge Inc. 2002 Incentive Stock Plan
 
10-K
 
10.24
 
December 31, 2013
10.25
*
The Hardinge Inc. Amended Restated 2011 Incentive Stock Plan
 
SCH14A
 
App. A
 
March 28, 2014
10.26
*
Hardinge Inc. Amended Cash Incentive Plan
 
10-K
 
10.23
 
December 31, 2010
10.27
*
Employment Agreement between Hardinge Inc. and Richard Simons, dated as of March 7, 2011
 
8-K
 
10.1
 
March 11, 2011
10.28
*
Amendment No. 1 to Employment Agreement between Hardinge Inc. and Richard Simons, dated as of February 14, 2012
 
8-K
 
10.1
 
February 17, 2011
10.29
*
Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between Hardinge Inc. and Douglas J. Malone, dated as of December 16, 2013
 
8-K
 
10.2
 
December 20, 2013
10.30
*
Employment Agreement between Hardinge Inc. and James P. Langa, dated as of March 7, 2011
 
8-K
 
10.3
 
March 11, 2011
10.31
*
Amendment No. 1 to Employment Agreement between Hardinge Inc. and James P. Langa, dated as of February 14, 2012
 
8-K
 
10.3
 
February 17, 2012
10.32
*
Employment Agreement between Hardinge Inc. and Douglas C. Tifft, dated as of March 7, 2011
 
8-K
 
10.4
 
March 11, 2011
10.33
*
Amendment No. 1 to Employment Agreement between Hardinge Inc. and Douglas C. Tifft, dated as of February 14, 2012
 
8-K
 
10.4
 
February 17, 2012

90

Table of Contents

 
 
 
 
Incorporated by Reference
Exhibit No.
 
Exhibit Description
 
Form
 
Exhibit
 
Filing Date/
Period End
Due
10.34
*
Employment Agreement between Forkardt Inc. and William B. Sepanik, dated as of May 31, 2013
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.35
*
Hardinge Inc. Amended and Restated Executive Supplemental Pension Plan, effective August 9, 2005
 
10-K
 
10.31
 
December 31, 2011
14
 
The Hardinge Inc. Code of Ethics **
 
 
 
 
 
 
21
 
Subsidiaries of the Company
 
 
 
 
 
 
23
 
Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Accounting Firm
 
 
 
 
 
 
31.1
 
Chief Executive Officer Certification pursuant to Rule 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
 
 
 
 
 
 
31.2
 
Chief Financial Officer Certification pursuant to Rule 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
 
 
 
 
 
 
32
 
Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
 
 
 
 
 
101
 
XBRL Documents:
 
 
 
 
 
 
101.INS
 
XBRL Instance Document
 
 
 
 
 
 
101.SCH
 
XBRL Taxonomy Schema Document
 
 
 
 
 
 
101.CAL
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
 
 
 
 
 
 
101.LAB
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
 
 
 
 
 
 
101.PRE
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document
 
 
 
 
 
 
101.DEF
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
*
 
Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement
 
 
 
 
 
 
**
 
Incorporated by reference from the Hardinge Inc. website at www.hardinge.com
 
 
 
 
 
 




91

Table of Contents

HARDINGE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Item 15(a) Schedule II-Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
(in thousands)

 
Balance at
Beginning of
Year
 
Additions Charged to:
 
 
 
 
Currency Translation Adjustments
 
Balance at
End of
Year
 
 
Costs &
Expenses
 
Other
Accounts
 
Deductions
 
 
 
Year Ended December 31, 2014
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 
 
 
 

Allowance for bad debts
$
1,139

 
$
400

 
$
4

 
$
401

(1)  
 
$
(80
)
 
$
1,062

Allowance for excess and obsolete
   inventory
22,032

 
3,451

 
16

 
2,533

   
 
(1,659
)
 
21,307

Valuation allowance for deferred
   taxes
49,297

 
609

 
5,626

 
9,923

   
 
(820
)
 
44,789

Total
$
72,468

 
$
4,460

 
$
5,646

 
$
12,857

   
 
$
(2,559
)
 
$
67,158

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Year Ended December 31, 2013
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

   
 
 
 
 

Allowance for bad debts
$
2,281

 
$
101

 
$
95

 
$
1,362

(1)  
 
$
24

 
$
1,139

Allowance for excess and obsolete
   inventory
21,535

 
3,811

 
847

 
4,510

   
 
349

 
22,032

Valuation allowance for deferred
   taxes
57,698

 
472

 
1,618

 
10,667

   
 
176

 
49,297

Total
$
81,514

 
$
4,384

 
$
2,560

 
$
16,539

   
 
$
549

 
$
72,468

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Year Ended December 31, 2012
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

   
 
 
 
 

Allowance for bad debts
$
2,750

 
$
198

 
$

 
$
710

(1)  
 
$
43

 
$
2,281

Allowance for excess and obsolete
   inventory
20,431

 
3,597

 

 
2,988

   
 
495

 
21,535

Valuation allowance for deferred
   taxes
62,995

 
938

 
2,904

 
9,394

   
 
255

 
57,698

Total
$
86,176

 
$
4,733

 
$
2,904

 
$
13,092

   
 
$
793

 
$
81,514

____________________  
(1) Uncollectable accounts written off, net of recoveries.


92

Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

 
 
HARDINGE INC.
 
 
Registrant
 
 
March 12, 2015
 
By:
/s/ Richard L. Simons
Date
 
 
Richard L. Simons
 
 
 
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

93

Table of Contents

 
 
HARDINGE INC.
 
 
Registrant
 
 
March 12, 2015
 
By:
/s/ Richard L. Simons
Date
 
 
Richard L. Simons
 
 
 
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer
 
 
 
(Principal Executive Officer)
 
 
 
 
March 12, 2015
 
By:
/s/ Douglas J. Malone
Date
 
 
Douglas J. Malone
 
 
 
Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
 
 
 
(Principal Financial Officer)
 
 
 
 
March 12, 2015
 
By:
/s/ Edward J. Gaio
Date
 
 
Edward J. Gaio
 
 
 
Corporate Controller
 
 
 
(Principal Accounting Officer)
 
 
 
 
March 12, 2015
 
By:
/s/ Douglas A. Greenlee
Date
 
 
Douglas A. Greenlee
 
 
 
Director
 
 
 
 
March 12, 2015
 
By:
/s/ J. Philip Hunter
Date
 
 
J. Philip Hunter
 
 
 
Director and Secretary
 
 
 
 
March 12, 2015
 
By:
/s/ Robert J. Lepofsky
Date
 
 
Robert J. Lepofsky
 
 
 
Director
 
 
 
 
March 12, 2015
 
By:
/s/ John J. Perrotti
Date
 
 
John J. Perrotti
 
 
 
Director
 
 
 
 
March 12, 2015
 
By:
/s/ Mitchell I. Quain
Date
 
 
Mitchell I. Quain
 
 
 
Director
 
 
 
 
March 12, 2015
 
By:
/s/ R. Tony Tripeny
Date
 
 
R. Tony Tripeny
 
 
 
Director


    


    

94
EXHIBIT 3.1

RESTATED CERTIFIATE OF INCORPORATION
 
-of-
 
HARDINGE INC.
 
Under Section 807
of the Business Corporation Law.
 
We, ROBERT E. AGAN and J. PHILIP HUNTER, being respectively, the President and Chief Executive Officer and the Secretary of Hardinge Inc., in accordance with Section 807 of the Business Corporation Law, hereby certify:
 
1.                                        The name of the Corporation is Hardinge Inc.
 
2                                           The Corporation is a consolidation of Morrison Machine Products, Inc., whose Certificate of Incorporation was filed by the Department of State of the State of New York on December 14, 1925, and Hardinge Brothers, Inc., whose Certificate of Incorporation was filed by the Department of State of the State of New York on March 3, 1931.  The Certificate of Consolidation, pursuant to Section 86 of the New York Stock Corporation Law, was filed by the Department of State of the State of New York on December 24, 1937.  A Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation was filed by the Department of State of the State of New York on May 19, 1987.  A Certificate of Amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation was filed by the Department of State of the State of New York on each of June 21, 1988, May 19, 1995, and May 24, 1995.
 
3.                                        The text of the Certificate of Incorporation as amended heretofore is hereby restated without further amendment or change to read as herein set forth:
 
1.             The name of the Corporation is Hardinge Inc.
 
2.                                        The purposes for which it is to be formed are to acquire, buy, purchase, lease, or otherwise equip, maintain, and operate a general machine shop, to design and manufacture tools, machinery, boilers, engines, and all things made wholly or partly from metals, to do repairing, welding, brazing, stamping, and cutting and electrical work of all kinds, to engage in all kinds of mechanical and electrical engineering and manufacturing business; to apply for, acquire, buy, lease, sell, assign, pledge or otherwise acquire or dispose of letters patent issued by the United States or by any foreign country; and to acquire by purchase or otherwise, and to sell, assign, or pledge or license territorial rights authorizing the manufacture of patent articles, to acquire by purchase or otherwise licenses, privileges, inventions, trade-marks and trade-names used in connection with any article that this Corporation has the right to manufacture, buy or sell; and to grant licenses under letters patent of the United States or any foreign country to purchase, lease or otherwise acquire and to sell, mortgage or lease real property, whether improved or unimproved, or any interest therein, and to any amount, in the State of New York, or any state or territory of the United States or any foreign country; and to conduct and carry on its business or any branch thereof in any state or territory of the United States or in any foreign country, in conformity with the laws of said state, territory or foreign country; and to have and maintain in any said state, territory or foreign country a business office, plant or store; and to do and perform all and everything which may be necessary, advisable or suitable and proper for the conduct of business of said Corporation and for the purpose of carrying out the objects heretofore expressed, and to exercise all implied powers and rights in the conduct of the business which the Corporation may possess.
 
3.                                        The total number of shares which the Corporation may henceforth have is 22,000,000, all of which are to have a par value of $0.01 each, which shares shall be classified as follows:
 
2,000,000 shares of the par value of $0.01 each are to be Preferred Stock; and
 
20,000,000 shares of the par value of $0.01 each are to be a single class of common stock (the “Common Stock”).
 
4.                                              The relative voting, dividend, liquidation and other rights, preferences and limitations of the shares of each class are as follows:

1


 
I.                                          The Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series, each such series to have the number of shares and designation, and the shares of each such series to have such relative rights, preferences or limitations, as the Board of Directors, subject to the limitations prescribed by law or provided herein, may from time to time fix, before issuance, by delivering an appropriate certificate of amendment to the Department of State pursuant to the Business Corporation Law of the State of New York.  The authority of the Board of Directors with respect to each series shall include, but not be limited to, the fixing of the following:
 
a.                The number of shares to constitute the series and the distinctive designation thereof;
 
b.               The dividend rate on the shares of the series; whether dividends shall be cumulative, and, if so, from what date or dates;
 
c.                Whether or not the shares of the series shall be redeemable and, if redeemable, the terms upon which the shares of the series may be redeemed and the premium, if any, over and above the par value thereof and any dividends accrued thereon which the shares of the series shall be entitled to receive upon the redemption thereof;
 
d.               Whether or not the shares of the series shall be subject to the operation of a retirement or sinking fund to be applied to the purchase or redemption of such shares for retirement and, if such retirement or sinking fund be established, the annual amount thereof and the terms and provisions relative to the operation thereof;
 
e.                Whether or not the shares of the series shall be convertible into shares of any class or classes of stock of the Corporation, with or without par value, or of any other series of the same class and, if convertible, the conversion price or prices or the rate at which such conversion may be made and the method, if any, of adjusting the same;
 
f.                  The rights of the shares of the series in the event of voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Corporation;
 
g.               The restrictions, if any, on the payment of dividends upon, and the making of the distributions to any class of stock ranking junior to the shares of the series, and the restrictions, if any, on the purchase or redemption of the shares of any such junior class;
  
h.               Whether the series shall have voting rights, in addition to the voting rights provided by law, and, if so, the terms of such voting rights; and
 
i.                   Any other relative rights, preferences and limitations of the series.
 
II.                                      Holders of shares of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, when and as declared by the Board of Directors, out of funds legally available for the payment of dividends, dividends at the rates fixed by the Board of Directors for the respective series, before any dividends shall be declared and paid, or set apart for payment, on any other class of stock of the Corporation ranking junior to the Preferred Stock either as to dividends or assets, with respect to the same dividend period.
 
III.                                  Whenever, at any time, dividends on the then outstanding Preferred Stock as may be required by the terms of the certificate creating the series representing the shares outstanding shall have been paid or declared and set apart for payment on the then outstanding Preferred Stock and after complying with all the provisions with respect to any retirement or sinking fund or funds for any series of Preferred Stock, the Board of Directors may, subject to the provisions of any certificate creating any series of Preferred Stock with respect to the payment dividends on any other class or classes of stock, declare and pay dividends on the Common Stock, and the Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to share therein.
 
IV.                                  Upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Corporation, after payment, if any is required, shall have been made in full to the Preferred Stock as provided in any certificate creating

2


any series thereof, but not prior thereto, the Common Stock shall, subject to the respective terms and provisions, if any, of any such certificate, be entitled to receive any and all assets remaining to be paid or distributed, and the Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to share therein.
 
V.                                      No holder of Common Stock or any series of Preferred Stock shall, as such holder, have any preemptive or preferential right of subscription to any stock of any class of the Corporation or to any obligations convertible into any such stock or to any right of subscription to, or to any warrant or option for, the purchase of any stock, other than such, if any, as the Board of Directors of the Corporation in its discretion may determine from time to time.
 
VI.                                  The holders of the Common Stock shall have the right to vote on all questions to the exclusion of all other classes of stock, except as by law expressly provided or as otherwise expressly provided with respect to the holders of any other class or classes of stock.
 
VII.                              Series A Preferred Stock.   The designation and amount, relative rights, preferences and limitations of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock, par value of $.01 per share, as fixed by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, are as follows:
 
1)               Designation and Amount.   The shares of such series shall be designated as “Series A Preferred Stock” and the number of shares constituting such series shall be 250,000.  Such number of shares may be increased or decreased by resolution of the Board of Directors; provided , however , that no decrease shall reduce the number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock to a number less than that of the shares then outstanding plus the number of shares issuable upon exercise of outstanding rights, options, or warrants, or upon conversion of outstanding securities issued by the Company.
 
2)               Dividends and Distributions.   (A) Subject to the prior and superior rights of the holders of any shares of any other series of Preferred Stock or any other shares of preferred stock of the Corporation ranking prior and superior to the shares of Series A Preferred Stock with respect to dividends, each holder of one one-hundredth (1/100) of a share (a “Unit”) of Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors out of funds legally available for that purpose, (i) quarterly dividends payable in cash on the last day of March, June, September, and December in each year (each such date being a “Quarterly Dividend Payment Date”), commencing on the first Quarterly Dividend Payment Date after the first issuance of such Unit of Series A Preferred Stock, in an amount per Unit (rounded to the nearest cent) equal to the greater of (a) $.01 or (b) subject to the provision for adjustment hereinafter set forth, the aggregate per share amount of all cash dividends declared on shares of the Common Stock since the immediately preceding Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, or, with respect to the first Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, since the first issuance of a Unit of Series A Preferred Stock, and (ii) subject to the provision for adjustment hereinafter set forth, quarter distributions (payable in kind) on each Quarterly Dividend Payment Date in an amount per Unit equal to the aggregate per share amount of all non-cash dividends or other distributions (other than a dividend payable in shares of Common Stock or a subdivision of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, by reclassification or otherwise) declared on shares of Common Stock since the immediately preceding Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, or with respect to the first Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, since the first issuance of a Unit of Series A Preferred Stock.  In the event that the Corporation shall at any time after  May 16, 1995 (the “ Rights Declaration Date ”) (i) declare any dividend on outstanding shares of Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock, (ii) subdivide outstanding shares of Common Stock or (iii) combine outstanding shares of Common Stock into a smaller number of shares, then in each case the amount to which the holder of a Unit of Series A Preferred Stock was entitled immediately prior to such event pursuant to the preceding sentence shall be adjusted by multiplying such amount by a fraction of the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock that are outstanding immediately after such event and the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to such event.
 
B.                                      The Corporation shall declare a dividend or distribution on Units of Series A Preferred Stock as provided in paragraph (A) above immediately after it declares a dividend or distribution on the shares of Common Stock (other than a dividend

3


payable in shares of Common Stock); provided , however , that, in the event no dividend or distribution shall have been declared on the Common Stock during the period between any Quarterly Dividend Payment Date and the next subsequent Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, a dividend of $.01 per Unit on the Series A Preferred Stock shall nevertheless be payable on such subsequent Quarterly Dividend Payment Date.
 
C.                                      Dividends shall begin to accrue and shall be cumulative on each outstanding Unit of Series A Preferred Stock from the Quarterly Dividend Payment Date next preceding the date of issuance of such Unit of Series A Preferred Stock, unless the date of issuance of such Unit is prior to the record date for the first Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, in which case, dividends on such Unit shall begin to accrue from the date of issuance of such Unit, or unless the date of issuance is a Quarterly Dividend Payment Date or is a date after the record date for the determination of holders of Units of Series A Preferred Stock entitled to receive a quarterly dividend and before such Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, in either of which events such dividends shall begin to accrue and be cumulative from such Quarterly Dividend Payment Date.  Accrued but unpaid dividends shall not bear interest.  Dividends paid on Units of Series A Preferred Stock in an amount less than the aggregate amount of all such dividends at the time accrued and payable on such Units shall be allocated pro rata on a unit-by-unit basis among all Units of Series A Preferred Stock at the time outstanding.  The Board of Directors may fix a record date for the determination of holders of Units of Series A Preferred Stock entitled to receive payment of a dividend or distribution declared thereon, which record date shall be no more than 30 days prior to the date fixed for the payment thereof.
 
3)                                       Voting Rights.   The holders of Units of Series A Preferred Stock shall have the following voting rights:
 
A)                                   Subject to the provision for adjustment hereinafter set forth, each Unit of Series A Preferred Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders of the Corporation.  In the event the Corporation shall at any time after the Rights Declaration Date (i) declare any dividend on outstanding shares of Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock, (ii) subdivide outstanding shares of Common Stock or (iii) combine the outstanding shares of Common Stock into a smaller number of shares, then in each such case the number of votes per Unit to which holders of Units of Series A Preferred Stock were entitled immediately prior to such event shall be adjusted by multiplying such number by a fraction the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such event and the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to such event.
 
B)                                     Except as otherwise provided herein or by law, the holders of Units of Series A Preferred Stock and the holders of shares of Common Stock shall vote together as one class on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders of the Corporation.
 
C)                                     (i) If at any time dividends on any Units of Series A Preferred Stock shall be in arrears in an amount equal to six quarterly dividends thereon, then during the period (a “default period”) from the occurrence of such event until such time as all accrued and unpaid dividends for all previous quarterly dividend periods and for the current quarterly dividend period on all Units

4


of Series A Preferred Stock then outstanding shall have been declared and paid or set apart for payment, all holders of Units of Series A Preferred Stock, voting separately as a class, shall have the right to elect two Directors.
 
(ii) During any default period, such voting rights of the holders of Units of Series A Preferred Stock may be exercised initially at a special meeting called pursuant to subparagraph (iii) of this Section 3C or at any annual meeting of stockholders, and thereafter at annual meetings of stockholders, provided that neither such voting rights nor any right of the holders of Units of Series A Preferred Stock to increase, in certain cases, the authorized number of Directors may be exercised at any meeting unless one-third or more of the outstanding Units of Preferred Stock shall be present at such meeting in person or by proxy.  The absence of a quorum of the holders of Common Stock shall not affect the exercise by the holders of Units of Series A Preferred Stock of such rights.  At any meeting at which the holders of Units of Series A Preferred Stock shall exercise such voting rights initially during an existing default period, they shall have the right, voting separately as a class, to elect Directors to fill up to two vacancies in the Board of Directors, if any vacancies may then exist, or, if such right is exercised at an annual meeting, to elect two Directors.  If the number which may be sol elected to fill vacancies at any special meeting does not amount to the required number, proper provision shall be made so that the number of Directors constituting the entire Board of Directors shall be increased by that number of Directors necessary to permit the election by the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock of the required number.  After the holders of Units of Series A Preferred Stock shall have exercised their right to elect Directors during any default period, the number of Directors shall not be increased or decreased except as approved by a vote of the holders of Units of Series A Preferred Stock as herein provided or pursuant to the rights of any equity securities ranking senior to the Series A Preferred Stock.
 
(iii)   Unless the holders of Series A Preferred Stock shall, during an existing default period, have previously exercised their right to elect Directors, the Board of Directors may order, or any stockholder or stockholders owning in the aggregate not less than 25% of the total number of the Units of Series A Preferred Stock outstanding may request, the calling of a special meeting of the holders of Units of Series A Preferred Stock, which meeting shall thereupon be called by the Secretary of the Corporation.  Notice of such meeting and of any annual meeting at which holders of Units of Series A Preferred Stock are entitled to vote pursuant to this paragraph (C)(iii) shall be given to each holder of record of Units of Series A Preferred Stock by mailing a copy of such notice to him at his last address as the same appears on the books of the Corporation.  Such meeting shall be called for a time not earlier than 20 days and not later then 60 days after such order or request, such meeting may be called on similar notice by any stockholder or stockholders owning in the aggregate not less than 25% of the total number of outstanding Units of Series A Preferred Stock.  Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph (C)(iii), no such special meeting

5


shall be called during the 60 days immediately preceding the date fixed for the next annual meeting of the stockholders.
 
(iv) During any default period, the holders of shares of Common Stock and Units of Series A Preferred Stock, and other classes or series of stock of the Corporation, if applicable, shall continue to be entitled to elect all the Directors until holders of the Units of Series A Preferred Stock shall have exercised their right to elect two Directors voting as a separate class, after the exercise of which right (x) the Directors so elected by the holders of Units of Series A Preferred Stock shall continue in office until their successors shall have been elected by such holders or until the expiration of the default period, and (y) any vacancy in the Board of Directors may (except as provided in paragraph (C)(ii) of this Section 3) be filled by vote of a majority of the remaining Directors theretofore elected by the holders of the class of capital stock which elected the Director whose office shall have become vacant.  References in this paragraph (C) to Directors elected by the holders of a particular class of capital stock shall include Directors elected by such Directors to fill vacancies as provided in clause (y) of the foregoing sentence.
 
(v) Immediately upon the expiration of a default period, (x) the right of the holders of Units of Series A Preferred Stock as a separate class to elect Directors shall cease, (y) the term of any Directors elected by the holders of Units of Series A Preferred Stock as a separate class shall terminate, and (z) the number of Directors shall be such number as may be provided for in the Certificate or by-laws irrespective of any increase made pursuant to the provisions of paragraph (C)(ii) of this Section 3 (such number being subject, however, to change thereafter in any manner provided by law or in the Certificate or by-laws).  Any vacancies in the Board of Directors effected by the provisions of clauses (y) and (z) in the preceding sentence may be filled by a majority of the remaining Directors.
 
(vi) The provisions of this paragraph (C) shall govern the election of Directors by holders of Units of Preferred Stock during any default period notwithstanding any provisions of the Certificate to the contrary.
 
D)                                    Except as set forth herein, holders of Units of Series A Preferred Stock shall have no special voting rights and their consents shall not be required (except to the extent they are entitled to vote with holders of shares of Common Stock as set forth herein) for taking any corporate action.
 
4)                                       Certain Restrictions .  (A) Whenever quarterly dividends or other dividends or distributions or distributions payable on Units of Series A Preferred Stock as provided in Section 2 are in arrears. 
 
Thereafter and until all accrued and unpaid dividends and distributions, whether or not declared, on outstanding Units of Series A Preferred Stock shall have been paid in full, the Corporation shall not
 

6


(i) declare or pay dividends on, make any other distributions on, or redeem or purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any shares of junior stock;
 
(ii) declare or pay dividends on or make any other distributions on any shares of parity stock, except dividends paid ratably on Units of Series A Preferred Stock and shares of all such parity stock on which dividends are payable or in arrears in proportion to the total amounts to which the holders of such Units and all such shares then entitled:
 
(iii) redeem or purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration shares of any parity stock, provided, however, that the Corporation may at any time redeem, purchase, or otherwise acquire shares of any such parity stock in exchange for shares of any junior stock;
 
(iv) purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any Units of Series A Preferred Stock, except in accordance with a purchase offer made in writing or by publication (as determined by the Board of Directors) to all holders of such Units.
 
(B) The Corporation shall not permit any subsidiary of the Corporation to purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any shares of stock of the Corporation unless the Corporation could, under paragraph (A) of this Section 4, purchase or otherwise acquire such shares at such time and in such manner.
 
(5)  Reacquired Shares .  Any Units of Series A Preferred Stock purchased or otherwise acquired by the Corporation in any manner whatsoever shall be retired and cancelled promptly after the acquisition thereof.  All such Units shall, upon their cancellation, become authorized but unissued Units of Preferred Stock and may be reissued as part of a new series of Preferred Stock to be created by resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors, subject to the conditions and restrictions on issuance set forth herein.
 
(6)  Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up.  (A) Upon voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, no distribution shall be made (i) to the holders of shares of junior stock unless the holders of Units of Series A Preferred Stock shall have received, subject to adjustment as hereinafter provided in paragraph (B), the greater of either (a) $.01 per Unit plus an amount equal to accrued and unpaid dividends and distributions thereon, whether or not earned or declared, to the date of such payment, or (b) the amount equal to the aggregate per share amount to be distributed to holders of shares of Common Stock, or (ii) to the holders of shares of parity stock, unless simultaneously therewith distributions are made ratably on Units of Series A Preferred Stock and all other shares of such parity stock in proportion to the total amounts to which the holders of Units of Series A Preferred Stock are entitled under clause (i)(a) of this sentence and to which the holders of shares of such parity stock are entitled, in each case upon such liquidation , dissolution or winding up.
 

7


(B) In the event the Corporation shall at any time after the Rights Declaration Date (i) declare any dividend on outstanding shares of Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock, (ii) subdivide outstanding shares of Common Stock, or (iii) combine outstanding shares of Common Stock into a smaller number of shares, then in each such case the aggregate amount of which holders of Units of Series A Preferred Stock were entitled immediately prior to such event pursuant to clause (i)(b) of paragraph (A) of this Section 6 shall be adjusted by multiplying such amount by a fraction the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock that are outstanding immediately after such event and the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to such event.
 
(7)  Consolidation, Merger, etc.   In case the Corporation shall enter into any consolidation, merger, combination or other transaction in which the shares of common stock are exchanged for or converted into other stock or securities, cash and/or any other property, then in any such case Units of Series A Preferred Stock shall at the same time be similarly exchanged for or converted into an amount per Unit (subject to the provision for adjustment hereinafter set forth) equal to the aggregate amount of stock, securities, cash and/or any other property (payable in kind), as the case may be, into which or for which each share of Common Stock is converted or exchanged.  In the event the Corporation shall at any time after the Rights Declaration Date (i) declare any dividend on outstanding shares of Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock, (ii) subdivide outstanding shares of Common Stock, or (iii) combine outstanding Common Stock into a smaller number of shares, then in each such case the amount set forth in the immediately preceding sentence with respect to the exchange or conversion of Units of Series A Preferred Stock shall be adjusted by multiplying such amount by a fraction the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock that are outstanding immediately after such event and the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to such event.
 
(8)  Redemption .  The Units of Series A Preferred Stock shall not be redeemable.
 
(9)  Ranking .  The Units of Series A Preferred Stock shall rank junior to all other series of the Preferred Stock and to any other class of preferred stock that hereafter may be issued by the Corporation as to the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets, unless the terms of any such series or class shall provide otherwise.
 
(10) Amendment.  The Certificate, including, without limitation, this resolution, shall not hereafter be amended, either directly or indirectly, or through merger or consolidation with another corporation in any manner that would alter or change the powers, preferences or special rights of the Series A Preferred Stock so as to affect them adversely without the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority or more of the outstanding Units of Series A Preferred Stock, voting separately as a class.
 

8


(11) Fractional Shares.   The Series A Preferred Stock may be issued in Units or other fractions of a share, which Units or fractions shall entitle the holder, in proportion to such holder’s fractional shares, to exercise voting rights, receive dividends, participate in distributions and to have the benefit of all other rights of holders of Series A Preferred Stock.
 
(12) Certain Definitions.   As used herein with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock, the following terms shall have the following meanings:
 
(A) The term “Common Stock” shall mean the class of stock designated as the Series Common Stock, par value $.01 per share, of the Corporation at the date hereof or any other class of stock resulting from successive changes or reclassification of the common stock.
 
(B) The term “junior stock” (i) as used in Section 4 shall mean the Common Stock and any other class or series of capital stock of the Corporation hereafter authorized or issued over which the Series A Preferred Stock has preference or priority as to the payment of dividends and (ii) as used in Section 6, shall mean the Common Stock and any other class or series of capital stock of the Corporation over which the Series A Preferred Stock has preference or priority in the distribution of assets on any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation.
 
(C) The term “parity stock (i) as used in Section 4, shall mean any class or series of stock of the Corporation hereafter authorized or issued ranging pari   passu with the Series A Preferred Stock as to dividends and (ii) as used in Section 6, shall mean any class or series of capital stock ranking pari   passu with the Series A Preferred Stock in the distribution of assets on any liquidation, dissolution, or winding up.
 
5.                                        The office of the Corporation shall be located in the County of Chemung, New York, and the address to which the Secretary of State shall mail a copy of process in any action or proceeding against the Corporation, which may be served upon him, is P.O. Box 1507, Elmira, New York 14902.
 
6.                                        The duration of the Corporation shall be perpetual.
 
7.                                        Subject to the other provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation, the business of the Corporation shall be managed under the direction of its Board of Directors.  The number of Directors constituting the Board shall be nine subject to increase or decrease from time to time as provide in the by-laws of the Corporation.  The by-laws may be amended only the affirmative vote of at least 75% of the outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.  The Directors shall be classified, with respect to the period for which they shall severally hold office into three classes as nearly equal in number as possible each holding office, subject to the transitional provisions described below, for a period expiring at the third annual meeting of stockholders following the first annual meeting of stockholders of the Corporation at which Directors of such classes have been elected.  For transitional purposes the Directorships held by the 9 Directors holding office following the 1995 Annual Meeting shall be classified as follows:
 
Class I Directorships -                                                                           Messrs. Agan, Cole, and Gibson will be considered to hold Class I Directorships.  The Class I Directorships held by Messrs. Agan and Cole will expire at the Annual Meeting of Stockholders in 1996 and 1998 and at the Annual Meetings held in every third year thereafter and the Class I Directorship held by Mr. Gibson will expire at the Annual

9


Meeting of Stockholders in 1995, 1997, and 1998 and at the Annual Meetings held in every third year thereafter;
 
Class II Directorships -                                                                       Dr. Menger and Messrs. Powers and Hunter will be considered to hold Class II Directorships.  The Class II Directorships held by Dr. Menger and Mr. Hunter will expire at the Annual Meeting of Stockholders in 1995, 1997, and 1999 and at the Annual Meetings held in every third year thereafter and the Class II Directorship held by Mr. Powers will expires at the Annual Meeting held in 1996, 1997, and 1999 and at the Annual Meetings held in every third year thereafter; and
 
Class III Directorships -                                                                   Messrs. Bennett, Flynn, and Greenlee will be considered to hold Class III Directorships.  The Class III Directorships held by Messrs. Bennett and Flynn will expire at the Annual Meeting of Stockholders in 1995 and 1997 and at the Annual Meetings of Stockholders held in every third year thereafter and the Class III Directorship held by Mr. Greenlee will expire at the Annual Meeting of Stockholders held in 1996 and 1997 and at the Annual Meetings held in every third year thereafter.
 
Newly created Directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors and any vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal or other cause shall be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining Directors then in office, even though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors.  Any Director elected in accordance with the preceding sentence shall hold office until the next meeting of stockholders at which the election of Directors is in the regular order of business and until such Director’s successor shall have been elected and qualified.  No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors or change in the restrictions and qualifications for Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.
 
Any Director, an entire class of Directors or the entire Board of Directors may be removed from office, only for cause, and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 75% of the outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.
 
Notwithstanding anything contained in this Certificate of Incorporation to the contrary, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 75% of the outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required to alter, amend, or adopt any provision inconsistent with or to repeal this Article 7, provided , however , that the vote of only a majority of the outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors voting together as a single class shall be required if such alteration, amendment, inconsistent provision or repeal was approved by at least 75% of the entire Board of Directors.
 
8.                                        The Secretary of State is designated as the agent of the Corporation upon whom process in any action or proceeding against it may be served.
 
9.                                        Business Combinations.
 
9.1                                  For the purposes of this Article 9:
 
1.                                        The term “beneficial owner” and correlative terms shall have the meaning as set forth in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any similar successor Rule.  Without limitation and in addition to the foregoing, any shares of Voting Stock of this Corporation which any Major Stockholder has the right to vote or to acquire (i) pursuant to any agreement, (ii) by reason of tenders of shares by stockholders of the Corporation in connection with or pursuant to a tender offer made by such Major Stockholder (whether or not any tenders have been accepted, but excluding tenders which have been rejected), or (iii) upon the exercise of conversion rights, warrants, options or otherwise, shall be deemed “beneficially owned” by such Major  Stockholder.
 
2.                                        The term “Business Combination” shall mean:
 

10


a.                                        any merger or consolidation (whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, including a series of separate transactions with a Major Stockholder, any Affiliate or Associate thereof or any Person acting in concert therewith) of this Corporation or any Subsidiary with or into a Major Stockholder or of a Major Stockholder into this Corporation or a Subsidiary;
 
b.                                       any sale, lease, exchange, transfer, distribution or other disposition, including without limitation, a mortgage, pledge or any other security device to or with a Major Stockholder by the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries (in a single transaction or a series of related transaction) of all, substantially all or any Substantial Part of the assets of this Corporation or a Subsidiary (including, without limitation, any securities of a Subsidiary);
 
c.                                        the purchase, exchange, lease or other acquisition by the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries (in a single transaction or a series of related transactions) of all, substantially all or any Substantial Part of the assets or business of a Major Stockholder;
 
d.                                       the issuance of any securities, or of any rights, warrants or options to acquire any securities, of this Corporation or a Subsidiary to a Major Stockholder or the acquisition by this Corporation or a Subsidiary of any securities, or of any rights, warrants or options to acquire any securities, of a Major Stockholder;
 
e.                                        any reclassification of Voting Stock, recapitalization or other transaction (other than a redemption in accordance with the terms of the security redeemed) which has the effect, directly or indirectly, of increasing the proportionate amount of Voting Stock of the Corporation or any  Subsidiary thereof which is beneficially owned by a Major Stockholder;
 
f.                                          any plan or proposal for any partial or complete liquidation, spin off, split off or split up of the Corporation or any Subsidiary thereof proposed directly or indirectly by or on behalf of a Major Stockholder; and
 
g.                                       any agreement, contract or other arrangement providing for any of the transactions described herein.
 
3.                                        The term “Continuing Director” shall mean (i) a person who was a member of the Board of Directors of this Corporation immediately prior to the time that any then existing Major Stockholder became a Major Stockholder or (ii) a person elected to the Board of Directors at the 1986 Annual Meeting of Stockholders or (iii) a person designated (before initially become a director) as a Continuing Director by a majority of the then Continuing Directors.  All references to a vote of the Continuing Directors shall mean a vote of the total number of Continuing Directors of the Corporation.
 
4.                                        The term “Major Stockholder” shall mean any Person which, together with its “Affiliates” and “Associates” (as defined in Rule 12-b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any similar successor Rule) and any Person acting in concert therewith, is the beneficial owner of 10% or more of the votes held by the holders of the outstanding shares of the Voting Stock of this Corporation, and any Affiliate or Associate of a Major Stockholder, including a Person acting in concert therewith.  The term “Major Stockholder” shall not include a Subsidiary of this Corporation, nor a Person who was a Major Stockholder on May 20, 1986.
 
5.                                        The term “Person” shall mean any individual, corporation, partnership or other person, group or entity (other than the Corporation, any Subsidiary of the Corporation or a trustee holding stock for the benefit of employees of the Corporation or its Subsidiaries, or any one of them, pursuant to one or more employee benefit plans or arrangements).  When two or more Persons act as a partnership, limited partnership, syndicate, association or other group for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of shares of stock, such partnerships, syndicate, associate or group will be deemed a “Person”.
 
6.                                        The term “Subsidiary” shall mean any business entity 50% or more of which is beneficially owned by the Corporation.
 

11


7.                                        The term “Substantial Part”, as used in reference to the assets of the Corporation, of any Subsidiary or of any Major Stockholder means assets having a value of more than 10% of the total consolidated assets of the Corporation and its Subsidiaries as of the end of the Corporation’s most recent fiscal year ending prior to the time the determination is made.
 
8.                                        The term “Voting Stock”, shall mean the Common Stock and any other securities entitled to vote upon any action to be taken in connection with any Business Combination including stock or other securities convertible into Voting Stock.
 
9.2                                  Notwithstanding any other provisions of these Articles of Incorporation and except as set forth in 9.3 of this Article 9, neither the Corporation nor any Subsidiary shall be party to a Business Combination unless the Business Combination was approved by at least 75% of the outstanding Voting Stock of this Corporation and by at least 75% of the outstanding Voting Stock beneficially owned by stockholders other than any Major Stockholder, provided , however , that such 75% vote of the outstanding stockholders and such 75% vote of the stockholders other than the Major Stockholder shall not be required and such Business Combination shall only required such affirmative vote, if any, of the stockholders as is required by law and any other provision of this Certificate of Incorporation, if
 
1.                                        The Business Combination was approved by the Board of Directors of the Corporation prior to the Major Stockholder involved in the Business Combination becoming a Major Stockholder; or
 
2.                                        The Major Stockholder involved in the Business Combination sought and obtained the unanimous prior approval of the Board of Directors to become a Major Stockholder and the Business Combination was approved by a majority of the Continuing Directors; or
 
3.                                        The Business Combination was approved by at least 75% of the Continuing Directors of the Corporation.
 
9.3                                  During the time a Major Stockholder exists, a resolution to voluntarily dissolve the Corporation shall be adopted only upon the vote by at least 75% of the outstanding Voting Stock of this Corporation and by at least 75% of the outstanding Voting Stock beneficially owned by stockholders other than any major Stockholder, providing , however , that such 75% vote of the outstanding stockholders and such 75% vote of the stockholders other than the Major Stockholder shall not be required and such  Business Combination shall require only such affirmative vote, if any, of the stockholders as is required by law and any other provision of this Certificate of Incorporation if such dissolution was approved by the vote of at least 75% of the Continuing Directors of the Corporation.
 
9.4                                  The Board of Directors of the Corporation, when evaluating a Business Combination or the dissolution of the Corporation, shall give due consideration to all relevant factors, including without limitation the social and economic effects of such action or transaction upon the Corporation, its stockholders, employees, customers, vendors, suppliers and other constituencies, and on the communities in which the Corporation operates or is located.
 
9.5                                  As to any particular transaction, the Continuing Directors shall have the power and duty to determine, on the basis of information known to them:
 
1.                                        The amount of Voting Stock beneficially held by any Person;
 
2.                                        Whether a Person is an Affiliate or Associate of another;
 
3.                                        Whether a Person is acting in concert with another;
 
4.                                        Whether the assets subject to any Business Combination constitute a “Substantial Part: as herein defined;
 
5.                                        Whether a proposed transaction is subject to the provisions of this Article 9; and
 

12


6.                                        Any other matters with respect to which a determination is required under this Article 9.
 
Any such determination shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes of this Article 9.
 
9.6                                  The affirmative vote of the Board of Directors, the Continuing Directors, or the Voting Stock required by this Article 9 is in addition to the vote otherwise required by law or this Certificate of Incorporation.
 
9.7                                  Any amendment, change or repeal of this Article 9 or any other amendment of this Certificate of Incorporation which would have the effect of modifying or permitting circumvention of the provisions of this Article 9 shall require approval by at least 75% of the outstanding voting Stock of the Corporation and at least 75% of the outstanding Voting Stock beneficially owned by stockholders other than any Major Stockholder, provided , however , that such 75% vote of the outstanding stockholders and such 75% vote of the stockholders other than the Major Stockholder shall not be required and such Business Combination shall only require such affirmative vote, if any, of the stockholders as is required by law and any other provision of this Certificate of Incorporation if such amendment, change, repeal or other amendment was approved by the vote of at least 75% of the Continuing Directors of the Corporation.
 
9.8                                  The requirements and restrictions of this Article 9 relating to Business Combinations are in addition to the requirements and restrictions of Section 912 of the Business Corporation Law relating to Business Combinations but shall not limit any requirements or restrictions of said Section 912 relating to Business Combinations.
 
10.                                  The provisions of Section 912 of the Business Corporation Law shall apply to this Corporation.
 
11.                                  Liability of Directors.  A director of the Corporation shall not be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for damages for any breach of duty as a director, except to the extent that such exemption for liability or limitation thereof is not permitted under the Business Corporation Law as the same exists or may hereafter be amended.  Any repeal or modification of this Article 11 by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not affect adversely any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification.
 
4.                                       This restatement of the Certificate of Incorporation was authorized by the Board of Directors.
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, we have signed this Restated Certificate of Incorporation on the 22 nd  day of May, 1995.
 
 

 
/s/ Robert E. Agan
 
 
 
Robert E. Agan, President and Chief Executive Officer
 
of Hardinge Inc.
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ J. Philip Hunter
 
 
 
J. Philip Hunter, Secretary of Hardinge Inc.
 

State of New York,
)
 
 
 
 
 
:
ss.
 
 
 
County of Chemung
)
 
 

13


On this 22 nd  day of May, 1995, before me personally came Robert E. Agan and J. Philip Hunter, to me known, and known to me to be the persons described in and who executed the foregoing Restated Certificate of Incorporation, and they thereupon severally duly acknowledge to me that they executed the same.
 
 

 
/s/ Joy L. Bliler
 
 
 
Joy L. Bliler
 
 
 
Notary Public in the State of New York
 
 
 
Chemung County #4962075
 
 
 
Commission Expires February 12, 1996
 

State of New York,
)
 
 
 
 
 
:
ss.
 
 
 
County of Chemung
)
 
 

14


Robert E. Agan and J. Philip Hunter, being duly sworn, depose and say that each for himself deposes and says:  The he, Robert E. Agan, is the President and Chief Executive Officer of Hardinge Inc. and he, J. Philip Hunter, is the Secretary thereof; that he was duly authorized to execute and file the foregoing Restated Certificate of incorporation by the authorization of the Board of Directors of Hardinge Inc., at a Directors’ meeting held at One Hardinge Drive in the Town of Horseheads, New York, on the 16 th  day of May, 1995, at 4:00 PM.
 
 
/s/ Robert E. Agan
 
 
 
 
 
Robert E. Agan, President and Chief Executive Officer
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ J. Philip Hunter
 
 
 
 
 
J. Philip Hunter, Secretary
 
 
 
 
 
 
Subscribed and sworn to before
 
 
 
 
 
me this 22 nd   day of May, 1995.
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Joy L. Bliler
 
 
 
 
 
Joy L. Bliler
 
 
 
 
 
Notary Public in the State of New York
 
 
 
 
 
Chemung County #4962075
 
 
 
 
 
Commission Expires February 12, 1996
 
 
 






15
EXHIBIT 10.15



 
 
Master no. 0254-L0030759
 
 
(for internal bank use only)
 
 
 
Master Credit Agreement
UBS Corporate Financing
 
 UBS AG
 P.O. Box 1964, 9000 St. Gallen
 Tel. +41-71-221 83 10
www.ubs.com
 
 
1.        Borrower
L. Kellenberger & Co. AG
Heiligkreuzstrasse 28
9009 St. Gallen
(hereinafter referred to as the ‘Borrower’)
 
 
2.        Lender
UBS AG
Am Bahnhofplatz
9000 St. Gallen
(hereinafter referred to as ‘UBS’)
 
 
3.        Credit facility
UBS grants the Borrower a credit facility in a maximum amount of 7 000 000 CHF
(seven million Swiss Francs).
 
 
4.        Financing purpose
To finance current assets for operating purposes.
 
 
5.        Availability
Subject to the terms and conditions of this Credit Agreement, this credit facility is available in the following forms:
 
Up to a maximum amount of 3 000 000 CHF.
as a current account overdraft in CHF and/or any freely-available and convertible currency
as UBS fixed advances with terms of 1 - 12 months in an amount of at least 250 000 CHF and/or in the equivalent in any freely-available and convertible currency.
 
Up to a maximum amount of 7 000 000 CHF.
for issuing advance payment guarantees in form and substance acceptable to UBS with a maximum term of one year, for issuing other guarantees with a maximum term of two years. The issuing of letter of Indemnities is not allowed.
for opening of documentary credits in a form acceptable to UBS for a period of up to one year.
 
Upon the Borrower’s request UBS is in exceptional cases ready to examine the issuing of guarantees and/or documentary credits with terms exceeding one or two years.
 
 
6.        Interest rates and commission
 
6.1      UBS current accounts
The interest rate currently applicable for use with CHF is 5.75% p.a. Rates for any freely-available and convertible currency upon request.
 




Plus credit commission in the amount of 0.25% per quarter based on the average debit balance.
 
At the end of each calendar quarter, a closing statement showing interest and commission charges shall be provided. UBS shall have the right to adjust interest and commission rates to changing market conditions at any time with immediate effect.

6.2      UBS fixed advances
For any advance with a term of up to and including 6 months, principal and interest shall be calculated and charged as a single payment at maturity.
 
For any advance with a term of more than 6 months, interest shall be calculated and charged quarterly at the end of each calendar quarter. Principal and interest shall be calculated and charged at maturity.
 
The base interest rate shall be calculated according to Euromarket rates for the relevant term and currency, plus a UBS margin.
 
The interest rate shall be fixed two bank working days prior to any advance being drawn down or renewed, for the corresponding term and currency. The instructions for drawdown or renewal must be received by UBS at least two bank working days before such drawdown or renewal. Where such instructions are unavailable, advances falling due shall not be renewed and both principal and interest shall be debited from the relevant current account.
 
6.3      Guarantees/documentary credits
Commissions and fees shall be fixed by UBS on a case-by-case basis, and shall depend in particular on the nature, size, term and complexity of the transaction as well as the Borrower’s credit rating.
 
UBS shall have the right to adjust its commissions at any time during the term of a guarantee, subject to a notice period of 90 days. UBS shall notify the Borrower of such adjustment in writing.
 
6.4      Interest calculation
Interest shall be calculated on a 365/360 basis, i.e. the actual number of days per month divided by a 360-day year.
 
7.        Security
The forms of security listed below shall serve UBS as security for all claims including all past due and current interest, commission, etc.:
 
1.
Transfer of
mortgage note (‘Namenschuldbrief’) by way of security in the nominal value of 7 000 000 CHF, in 1st rank of priority, at Land Register Biel, no. 9443, Mohnweg 5, 2500 Biel/Bienne, pursuant to the separate form «Transfer of Title as Collateral».
 
The above-mentioned securities serve UBS only for current account overdraft and UBS fixed advances up to a maximum amount of 3 000 000 CHF.
 
8.        Term
Until further notice.

9.         Termination
 
9.1       Ordinary termination
The Borrower shall have the right to terminate this Credit Agreement at any time with immediate effect.
 
UBS shall have the right to terminate this Credit Agreement at any time with immediate effect, and to refuse to make funds available to the Borrower under the credit facility at its discretion, without having to provide any reasons.
 
Any termination shall cancel the unused portion of the credit facility with immediate effect. To the extent that the credit facility has been drawn down, any outstanding amounts shall become due and payable as follows:
 
UBS current account
immediately


2


UBS fixed advance
on expiration of the agreed term
 
Any guarantees and documentary credits issued by UBS shall remain in effect with no changes until their expiration in accordance with the terms and conditions applicable on a case-by-case basis, and the Borrower shall remain fully liable.
 
9.2         Extraordinary termination
The Borrower shall have the right to terminate this Credit Agreement extraordinarily at any time by observing a period of 30 days’ advance notice, and to repay any outstanding amounts drawn down under the same in whole or in part. In the event that the outstanding amount becomes due as a result of an extraordinary termination during a current fixed interest period or on a date other than the original due date, an indemnity pursuant to paragraph 1 of «Indemnity in the event of an extraordinary termination» is due and payable on the due date of the premature repayment.
 
UBS shall have the right to terminate this Credit Agreement at any time with immediate effect, and to declare all outstanding amounts including accrued interest, commission, fees, etc. immediately due and payable, irrespective of the term of any credit facility granted, if:
 
1.
the Borrower or a Group company («Group company» shall hereinafter mean any company within the meaning of Art. 663e, para. 1 of the Swiss Code of Obligations that may be deemed to belong to the Borrower’s consolidated group of companies) is more than 30 calendar days in arrears with payment of interest, commission and/or principal payments owed to UBS or a third party (including any parties that may have acquired claims under the credit granted), or fails to reduce overdrafts by repayment or providing sufficient additional security within the time period set therefor by UBS.

2.
the Borrower or one of its Group companies is/are required by official order (in particular in the area of environmental protection) to undertake remedial measures which are deemed by UBS as having a potentially material effect on the Borrower’s ability to perform its financial obligations.

3.
in the opinion of UBS a material reduction in the value of security is imminent or has occurred.

4.
there has been a change of ownership/controlling interests in relation to the Borrower which UBS deems to be material.

5.
the Borrower or a Group company changes its/their legal or commercial structure, e.g. through liquidation, sale of a substantial part of its assets, change of its objects or business activities, merger or restructuring, provided that the relevant event is deemed by UBS as having a potentially material effect on the Borrower’s ability to perform its financial obligations.

6.
with regard to the Borrower or a Group company bankruptcy proceedings or a stay of bankruptcy proceedings are filed and/or an application for court or out-of-court creditor protection is made.

7.
the Borrower or a Group company has suspended payments or the earnings or asset position of the Borrower or a Group company is deemed by UBS to have deteriorated significantly.

8.
there is a change of ownership of the whole or any part of any mortgaged real estate property.

9.
the Borrower or a Group company is in breach of any other obligations arising under this Credit Agreement.
  
Should the credit facility have been utilized in the form of guarantees and documentary credits at the time of the extraordinary termination, the Borrower undertakes to release UBS immediately from such contingent obligations or to provide security by pledging marketable assets up to the full amount of those commitments plus a customary bank margin.
 
 
10.         Indemnity in the event of an extraordinary termination
In the event of an extraordinary termination by the Borrower an indemnity must be paid. This indemnity shall be calculated on the basis of the difference interest rate applied until the end of the fixed interest period, whereas the difference interest rate shall be the difference between the agreed interest rate and the interest rate obtainable at the time of the premature repayment on an investment in the money or capital market with a corresponding remaining term. If the interest rate is higher than the

3


investment rate, the resulting difference shall be charged to the Borrower; if the interest rate is less than the investment rate, the resulting difference shall be credited to the Borrower.
 
In the event that UBS terminates this agreement extraordinarily, the Borrower shall be liable to indemnify UBS for all losses UBS has suffered and/or costs incurred as a result, for any amount utilized under the Credit Agreement with a fixed interest period, in particular but not limited to, any indemnity which shall be calculated on the basis of the difference interest rate applied until the end of the fixed interest period, whereas the difference interest rate shall be the difference between the agreed interest rate and the interest rate obtainable at the time of the premature repayment on an investment in the money or capital market with a corresponding remaining term. UBS reserves the right to claim additional compensation.
 
 
11.         Representations and warranties
The Borrower represents and warrants that:

1.
 the Borrower has not created any security interest in respect of its own obligations and/or the obligations of third parties other than security given under this Credit Agreement or in the context of other credit agreements with UBS and/or any security given in favour of other creditors with respect to which the Borrower has expressly notified UBS.

2.
no event has occurred which would entitle UBS to effect extraordinary termination, and no legal action is pending which could have a material adverse effect on the Borrower or its assets.

12.         Positive covenants
The Borrower undertakes to insure against fire and damage from the elements in an amount deemed sufficient in the opinion of UBS, those buildings and any appurtenances thereto located on the mortgaged property, which are not otherwise subject to compulsory insurance, with an insurance company domiciled in Switzerland. Upon request by UBS, the Borrower shall produce the policy and the receipts proving payment of the premium.
 
13.                   Negative covenants
The Borrower undertakes, without prior written consent from UBS,
 
1.
not to enter into or assume any obligations (incl. contingent liabilities) which are secured by a right of lien, transfer of title as collateral or any other encumbrance upon its current or future assets.

2.
not to secure existing obligations (incl. contingent liabilities) in the above-mentioned manner (Exception: The pledge of collaterals at Credit Suisse).

3.
not to grant any security for obligations (incl. contingent liabilities) of a third party.

4.
not to prioritize any third party claims over UBS claims out of or in connection with this Credit Agreement (pari passu).

In addition, the Borrower undertakes:
 
5.
to refrain from using the credit under this Agreement, either in whole or in part, in order to grant loans or any other type of financing to any other Group company or to a third party.

6.
to ensure that for the entire term of this Credit Agreement, any real estate property financed by UBS shall not be used for any purpose other than that originally stipulated, without the prior consent of UBS.

7.
not to grant intercompany loans to any other Hardinge Group companies except for intercompany loans up to the amount of 10 000 000 CHF in the aggregate.
                     
14.                      Financial ratios
The Borrower undertakes to maintain at all times during the entire term of this Credit Agreement the key ratios listed below:
 
1.
Equity ratio in the consolidated annual financial statement of at least 35%.

4


a.
The equity ratio is calculated as follows: equity capital (share capital, statutory and free reserves, profit carried forward as well as shareholder loans with subordinated priority less goodwill, losses carried forward and loans to shareholders) in relation to total assets, not including any contingent liabilities.
 
 
15.                      Information undertaking

For the entire term of this Credit Agreement, the Borrower undertakes to provide the following information to UBS:
 
1.
annually one copy of the balance sheet, the profit and loss statement and, if required by law, an audit report compliant with the legal requirements by no later than four months following the end of the financial year and consolidated annual report of Hardinge group.
    
In the event of a change in circumstances UBS reserves the right to demand an audit report or to increase the requirements the audit report has to fulfill.

2.
one copy of the budget, including the investment budget, by no later than 30 calendar days prior to commencement of the relevant fiscal year.

3.
one copy of the quarterly reporting incl. balance sheet and profit and loss statement, statement of cash flow US-Gaap and development of order backlog by no later than one month following the end of the financial quarter, first due on 30 September 2009.
  
UBS treats this information as confidential.
 
The Borrower undertakes, for the entire term of this credit facility, to immediately inform UBS of any material changes, in particular of the occurrence, or likely occurrence, of any circumstances which might constitute grounds for extraordinary termination.
 
16.        Conditions precedent
No utilisation may be drawn down until all copies of the documents listed below have been received by UBS, executed in the required form, and UBS has received the agreed security in legally valid form:
 
one copy of this Credit Agreement
Transfer of Title as Collateral
Repledging of your Collateral

In the event that UBS has not received all of the documents and/or security, in the required form, within one month of the date of execution of this Credit Agreement, UBS shall be authorized to rescind this Credit Agreement without granting any extension of the deadline for receiving the said documents and/or security.
 
17.        Miscellaneous provisions
 
17.1     General conditions
The «General Conditions» of UBS shall form an integral part of this Credit Agreement.
 
17.2     Order in which security shall be realized
In the event that several items of security have been provided to UBS, UBS shall, if and when realizing the security, decide at its discretion to what extent and in which order the items shall be realized, and how the proceeds from such realization shall be allocated to the individual drawdowns.
 
18.        Transfer
UBS shall have the right to offer for transfer, or to transfer, in whole or in part, its rights under this Credit Agreement, including any security provided in respect of the credit facility, such as mortgage notes and any other security, to any third parties in Switzerland or abroad. UBS may at any time provide all third parties, including rating agencies, which may be parties to such transfer, with access to all information and data relevant to the transfer, and shall be exempted in this regard from the statutory obligation to maintain banking secrecy. Insofar as third parties are not subject to Swiss legislation on banking secrecy,

5


information and data shall only be disclosed if the said parties undertake to maintain secrecy and, in turn, ensure that this obligation is binding upon any further contracting parties.
 
All assignees shall be entitled to reassign the rights acquired, provided that each subsequent assignee also undertakes to maintain secrecy. UBS (and any party acquiring rights as a result of any transfer made in accordance with this Clause) may, without having to obtain consent from the Borrower, assign any limit obligation agreed under this Credit Agreement, and/or any other obligations arising hereunder, to the assignee in respect thereof, together with any claims under the credit granted. Any party acquiring such obligations must either be a company affiliated with UBS, or a Swiss or foreign financial institution (bank, insurance company, or similar). UBS shall be released from any obligation to the extent that it transfers same.
  
In accordance with and pursuant to this provision, UBS shall be also entitled to transfer the Contract as a whole to such an assignee (change of contracting party). Each assignee shall be entitled to further transfer the entire Contract to a next assignee.
 
19.        Applicable law, place of performance, jurisdiction and debt enforcement
This Credit Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with Swiss law. The place of performance of all obligations and exclusive place of jurisdiction for any disputes arising out of or in connection with this Credit Agreement shall be St. Gallen. This is also the place of debt enforcement for the Borrower if domiciled abroad. UBS reserves the right, however, to take legal action against the Borrower before the authority of the latter’s domicile.
 
 
This Agreement was executed in two original copies and replaces the Agreement dated 5 November 2008.
 
 

Ref. F916-FCC
 
UBS AG
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
St. Gallen, 27 October 2009
 
/s/ Gerhard Koster
/s/ Marcel Fercher
Place/Date
 
Gerhard Koster
Marcel Fercher
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Agreed
 
  Borrower
 
L. Kellenberger & Co. AG
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
St. Gallen, 30 October 2009
 
/s/ Jurg Kellenberger
/s/ Peter Huersch
Place/Date
 
Signature(s)
 
 

 


6


General Credit Facility Agreement
 
This General Credit Facility Agreement (“this Agreement”) is entered into by Hardinge Machine Tools B.V., Taiwan Branch (“the Applicant”) and Mega International Commercial Bank Co., Ltd. (“the Bank”) in consideration of various credit facility transactions between the parties.  It is hereby agreed that any and all credit facility transactions between the parties shall be governed by the following terms and conditions in addition to the executed individual credit facility letter and other agreements:
 
Article 1: Types of Credit Facilities
 
The types of credit facilities as ticked below shall be extended under this Agreement (please tick the appropriate boxes):
 
x
 
Bank loans for purchase of raw materials
 
o
 
Overdrafts
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
x
 
Bank loans for export business
 
o
 
Authorized bill guarantees
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
x
 
Bank loans for working capital
 
o
 
Authorized bill acceptance
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
o
 
Discounts
 
o
 
Authorized guarantees
 
Article 2: Total Amount of Credit Facility
 
The total amount of the credit facilities extended hereunder shall be NT$100,000,000 or its equivalent in other foreign currencies.
 
The total amount of the credit facilities referred to in the preceding paragraph shall mean the limit on the sum of all the drawings actually made under all the facilities referred to in Article 1 hereof.  The total amount of all the drawings made under all the facilities herein shall not exceed the total amount of credit facilities set forth in this Article.
 
The amount of each of the credit facilities shall mean the individual amount of that facility.  The drawings made by the Applicant under that particular type of facility shall not exceed the individual amount of that facility.
 
Any credit balance under former credit facility agreements shall be added to the total amount and individual amount in the two preceding paragraphs as applicable.
 
In the event that the drawn amount exceeds the individual amount of each facility or total amount of all facilities due to fluctuating exchange rates or other reasons, the Applicant shall repay the portion exceeding the individual amount or total amount immediately.
 
Article 3: Drawdown Period
 
The drawdown period for all types of facilities hereunder shall commence from October 30th, 2009 and end on October 29th, 2010.  Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Applicant may, within the drawdown period, apply to the Bank for approval of making a drawdown in accordance with the requirements agreed between the parties.
 
Article 4: Base Interest Rate and Adjustment
 
The base rate of the Bank shall be the interbank overnight interest rate plus the Bank’s operational costs and reasonable profits.  The Bank may adjust its operational costs and reasonable profits based on the market conditions, funding costs and its business operations.
 
The Applicant agrees that in the event that the interest rate for each facility hereunder is computed on the basis of the base rate plus certain margins (where the Bank’s base rate is 2.5% per annum at the time of the signing of this Agreement), the base rate shall be immediately adjusted according to that adjusted by the Bank.  The Applicant further agrees that in the event of any adjustments after the signing of this Agreement, such adjustments shall be binding on the Applicant provided that they have been publicly announced by the Bank at its place of business.

1


 
Article 5: Penalty and Default Interest
 
If the Applicant fails to repay the principal(s) or pay interest on the due date, it shall pay, staring from the due dates thereof, a penalty calculated at 10% of the applicable interest rate for the first six months of delay, or 20% of the applicable interest rate for the period starting from the seventh month of delay.
 
If the Applicant fails to repay the principal(s) in accordance with this Agreement, it shall pay, in addition to the penalty prescribed in the preceding paragraph, a default interest on the unpaid principal(s) at the rate of the sum of 1% per annum the applicable interest rate.  If the Bank has provided any guarantees, in addition to the penalty prescribed in the preceding paragraph, the aggregate sum of 1% per annum and the base rate of the Bank shall be imposed on the Applicant as default interest from the date on which the Bank performs the guarantee obligations hereunder.
 
Article 6: Exchange Risk
 
For those debts incurred by the Applicant in foreign currencies, the Applicant may elect to pay the debts due in any foreign currency or New Taiwan dollars.  The Applicant agrees that if the debts it owes to the Bank are to be repaid in New Taiwan dollars, the Bank may elect the spot exchange rate prevailing on the due day or the payment day; provided, however, that if the Applicant intends to prepay the debts, it must obtain the prior consent of the Bank.
 
Article 7: Terms and Conditions of Each Type of Facilities

Bank loans for purchase of raw materials

1.
Purpose of Loan: For the purchases of raw materials and assets or payments of intangible transaction payments.

2.
Credit Line: NT$100,000,000 or its equivalent in other foreign currencies (revolving).

3.
Calculation and Payment of Interest:

a.
Calculation of Interest:

i.
US dollars: 6-month LIBOR plus 1.5% per annum and then to be divided by 0.946.

ii.
NT dollars: the Bank’s base rate, floating, subject to adjustments as set forth in Article 4 above.

iii.
Other foreign currencies: the Bank’s funding costs plus 1% per annum and then to be divided by 0.946, floating.

b.
Payment Method of Interest:

i.
Interest shall be paid on a monthly basis.  The monthly period for accruing interest shall start from the 21 st  day of each month and end on the 20 th  day of the following month.  Interest on loan in foreign currency may be converted into New Taiwan dollars at the spot selling exchange rate of the Bank prevailing at the time of conversion.

c.
Interest shall accrue from the day on which the Bank advances the loan(s) or the foreign bank pays the money.

d.
In the event of the Bank’s acceptance of drafts issued by the Applicant, the Applicant shall pay processing fees in accordance with the following fee schedule and method:

4.
Maturity Date

a.
The Applicant agrees to repay the loan within 180 days of advancing the loan by the Bank.


2


b.
In the event of the Bank’s acceptance of drafts (issued by the Applicant), the period between the acceptance date and the expiry date thereof shall not exceed 180 days.  When such loan becomes due and payable, it shall be repaid by the Applicant or with a separate loan extended by the Bank; provided, however, that the periods covering the entire loan shall not exceed 180 days in total.

c.
For domestic goods purchased by the Applicant, subject to the prior consent of the Bank, the Applicant may authorize the Bank to issue domestic L/Cs or to accept or pay for the drafts or other certificates issued by the Applicant for the beneficiary of such L/Cs; provided, however, that the loan must be repaid within 150 days of the Bank’s issuance, acceptance, or payment thereof.

d.
If the goods that have been purchased under this facility are sold earlier than scheduled, the loan shall be repaid early.

5.
Method, Terms and Conditions of Drawdowns

a.
Each application for a letter of credit shall be deemed a drawdown on the loan hereunder.  After the Applicant deposits a security bond in the amount required by the Bank, the Applicant may apply to the Bank for a drawdown by submitting a loan drawdown application or an application for a letter of credit together with relevant transaction documents.

b.
If the Applicant pays a third party for goods through methods other than a letter of credit, including D/P, D/A, O/A, T/T or other means, it may, subject to the Bank’s consent, submit a loan drawdown application and transaction documents to apply to draw down an amount equivalent to % of the value of the transaction(s) concerned; provided, however, that the repayment period for each loan shall not exceed days.

6.
If it is so required in the processing procedure, the Applicant may, subject to the Bank’s consent, use the exclusive chop registered with the competent authorities for import/export instead of the chop or signature that appears on the credit facility agreement.

7.
Subject to the Bank’s consent, the currency hereof may be converted into another currency; provided, however, that no further conversion shall be made after it is converted into New Taiwan dollars. If any payment is to cover both the principal and interest, the Applicant shall, simultaneously upon the currency conversion, pay the interest then accrued on the loan.

The conversion date and rate shall be otherwise agreed between the parties. In the event that the amount exceeds the individual amount of this facility due to currency conversion, the Applicant shall pay the portion exceeding the individual amount immediately.

8.
 If the negotiated value of the letters of credit hereunder exceeds the total amount of the Bank’s loans that have been extended to the Applicant at the time when the letters of credit are issued and the Bank agrees to provide a further loan, the excessive portion shall also be included the drawn amount hereunder and the Applicant shall be responsible for the repayment thereof.

9.
For the procedures, liabilities and obligations in association with the letters of credit hereunder, the Applicant agrees that the Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits promulgated by the International Chamber of Commerce and the relevant clauses for interpreting trade terms in international rules shall apply and form a part of this Agreement.

10.
The goods under the letters of credit hereof shall be insured at the Applicant’s expense based on terms and conditions satisfactory to the Bank, with the Bank as a preferred beneficiary.
 
Bank loans for export business

1.
Purpose of Loan: For the Applicant’s export of goods or services.

2.
Credit Line: NT$100,000,000 or its equivalent in other foreign currencies (revolving).


3


3.
Calculation and Payment of Interest: Same as those for bank loans for purchase of raw materials.

4.
Maturity Date: The due date of each loan shall be the expiry day of the relevant document required for borrowing the loan; provided, however, that the loan shall be repaid within 180 days of the extension of the loan.

5.
Method, Terms and Conditions of Drawdowns

a.
The Applicant may apply to draw down on the loan by submitting the loan drawdown application along with the documents set forth in (b) and (c) below two business days before the scheduled advance date.

b.
The Bank agrees that a loan shall be extended to the Applicant after the amounts stated in irrevocable letters of credit with the Applicant being named as the beneficiary, export purchase orders, sale and purchase contracts, D/A, D/P or other documents are converted into New Taiwan dollars in accordance with the agreed limit and exchange rate.  The Applicant shall submit the originals of said documents (including amendments thereto) to the Bank and shall repay the loan that is converted in New Taiwan dollars in accordance with the Bank’s spot rate prevailing at the time of conversion or the rate agreed between the parties at the time when the Bank handles the negotiation or acceptance of such documents.

c.
Subject to the Bank’s consent, the Applicant may use a D/A, D/P, or other documents for borrowing loans within the limit set by the Bank in the currency stated therein.

6.
The Applicant shall perform the obligations under the aforementioned letters of credit, export purchase orders, or sale and purchase contracts, and shall not modify or cancel them without the Bank’s written consent.

Bank loans for working capital

1.
Purpose of Loan: For the Applicant’s regular working capital.

2.
Credit Line: NT$40,000,000 (revolving).

3.
Calculation and Payment of Interest: Interest shall be calculated at the Bank’s base rate, subject to adjustments as set forth in Article 4 above.  Interest shall be paid on a monthly basis.  The monthly interest period shall start from the 21 st day of each month and end on the 20 th  day of the following month.

4.
Maturity Date: The Applicant shall repay each loan within 180 days of advancing the loan by the Bank.

5.
Method, Terms and Conditions of Drawdowns: It should be handled in accordance with the relevant loan drawdown application.    

Discounts

1.
Purpose of Loan: For the Applicant’s assignment of the undue and unaccepted drafts or notes it has obtained received from business transactions for the Bank’s discounts.

2.
Credit Line: NT$                               (revolving/non-revolving).

3.
Calculation and Payment of Interest:

4.
Maturity Date: The period between the date of granting the discounts by the Bank and the expiry dates of the notes and drafts shall not exceed             days.  The expiry dates of the discounted notes and drafts shall be deemed the repayment date.

5.
Method, Terms and Conditions of Drawdowns:


4


6.
The Applicant shall submit to the Bank the usance drafts or notes received from business transactions conducted by the Applicant two business days before the drawdown along with the relevant sale and purchase contract, supply contract, invoices and documents evidencing the nature of the transactions.  Subject to the Bank’s  approval, the loan to be extended shall be               % of the value of the discounted drafts and notes.

7.
In the event that the discounted drafts and notes are issued outside the jurisdiction where the Bank is situated, interest shall be accrued until the Bank collects the money under such drafts and notes.  The expenses for accepting such drafts and notes shall be borne by the Applicant.

8.
With respect to the drafts and notes for which the Applicant applies for discounts from the Bank, the Applicant agrees that if the loan is unpaid when due or the drafts and notes cannot be accepted or presented for payment, the Applicant shall, upon receiving the Bank’s notice, repay the loan immediately, including the principal, default interest, penalties and all relevant expenses and compensate the Bank for its loss, if any.  Even if the discounted drafts and notes are flawed or forged, the notice requirement is not duly met, or the statute of limitations has expired, the Applicant shall repay the loan in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof.
 
Overdrafts

1.
Purpose of Loan: For the Applicant’s overdrafts under the checking account of No.     with the Bank.

2.
Credit Line: NT$                            (revolving/non-revolving).

3.
Calculation and Payment of Interest:

4.
When the sum of the principal and interest exceeds the limit of this facility, the Applicant shall pay the exceeding portion immediately.   

Authorized bill acceptance

1.
Purpose of Loan: For the Applicant’s application with the Bank for the Bank’s acceptance of the drafts issued by the Applicant.

2.
Credit Line: NT$                              (revolving/non-revolving).

3.
Processing Fees:

4.
Acceptance Period: With respect to the drafts for which the Applicant applies for the Bank’s acceptance, the period between the expiry date thereof and the acceptance date shall not exceed 180 days; provided, however, that if the drafts are issued for repayment of the loan borrowed for purchasing raw materials hereunder, the expiry date thereof shall not go beyond the due date for repaying such loan.

5.
When applying for draft acceptance, the Applicant shall submit the drafts indicating the Bank as the payee and the Bank’s place of business as the location of payment along with the authorization letter for draft acceptance and other transaction documents for the Bank’s approval and acceptance.  When applying for acceptance, the Applicant shall separately issue drafts at amounts and expiry dates same as those to be accepted for preparation of compensation.  If, after the Bank’s payment of the accepted drafts, the drafts for preparation of compensation cannot be accepted for payment, the Applicant should repay the loan in full immediately.

6.
For those drafts accepted by the Bank, the Applicant shall authorize a broker acceptable to the Bank to sell the drafts.  The Applicant also agrees that the Bank may, at the broker’s request, deliver to the broker the drafts duly affixed with the necessary chops one business day before the issuance date of the drafts.
 
Authorized Guarantees
1.
Purpose of Loan: For the Applicant’s application with the Bank for the Bank’s provision of guarantees for the purposes designated by the Applicant.


5


2.
Credit Line: NT$                                (revolving/non-revolving).

3.
Processing Fees:

4.
Scope of Guarantees:

5.
Application Method: The Applicant shall submit a guarantee drawdown application and the relevant guarantee letter for the Bank’s approval provided that the guarantee to be provided falls within the aforementioned scope of guarantee.

6.
In the event that the guarantees are provided in the form of letters of credit, the Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits and the International Standby Practice promulgated by the International Chamber of Commerce shall apply.

7.
When the Bank performs its guarantee obligations, it shall make independent judgments based on the papers provided by the guarantee beneficiary without considering the goods, services or other actions covered by the guarantees.

8.
As soon as the guarantee beneficiary requests the Bank to perform its guarantee obligations, the Applicant shall repay the loan immediately.  In the event that foreign currencies are required, the Applicant shall be sole responsible for repaying the loan in the designated foreign currencies.
  
Article 8: Miscellaneous 

1.
The Applicant shall obtain the approval of the board of directors of Hardinge Machine Tools B.V. (“Parent Company”) and an authorization letter from its chairman (for this Agreement).  The signatures of the chairman and directors attending the meeting (approving this Agreement) shall be authenticated by an ROC representative office or certificated by a local branch of the Bank.

2.
The Applicant agrees that the drawdowns hereunder shall be made only if the application documents bear the chops as designated in the board resolution of the Parent Company, which shall be limited to the chops of the branch and the manager as shown in the Applicant’s Branch Registration Form issued by the Ministry of Economic Affairs.

3.
Upon the expiry of the drawdown period set forth in Article 3 hereof, unless either party notifies the other party of its intention not to renew this Agreement, this Agreement shall be automatically extended once for another year; provided, however, that the Bank may terminate this Agreement or reduce the credit line granted herein in the event that the Applicant’s assets or creditability is in bad condition and that the Applicant fails to improve the situation within a reasonable period set by the Bank.

Mega International Commercial Bank Co., Ltd.
s/s C. H. Tsai
Responsible Person: C.H. Tsai,
Manager of Nantou Branch
Address: No. 45, Wenchen Street, Nantou City
 
 The Applicant hereby certifies that the Applicant has read all the above terms and conditions within a reasonable period of time and fully understood them before signing this Agreement.  Hardinge Machine Tools B.V., Taiwan Branch
 
Branch Manager and Litigious Agent:
s/s J. R. Ho
J.R. Ho
 
 
Address: No. 4, Tse-Chiang San Road, Nantou City

6
EXHIBIT 10.34


FORKARDT INC.
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT


EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT dated as of May 31st, 2013 (the “ Agreement ”), between FORKARDT INC., a New York corporation (the “ Company ”) and William B. Sepanik (the “ Executive ”).

WHEREAS, the Company desires to engage the Executive to provide services pursuant to the terms of this Agreement and the Executive desires to accept such engagement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the covenants and agreements hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1.     EFFECTIVENESS OF AGREEMENT AND EFFECTIVE DATE

This Agreement shall become effective as of the date hereof (the “Effective Date”).

2.     EMPLOYMENT AND DUTIES

2.1     General . The Company hereby employs the Executive as, and the Executive agrees to serve as, Vice President - Forkardt, upon the terms and conditions herein contained. The Executive shall perform such duties and services for the Company as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”) or the Chief Executive Officer of Hardinge Inc., the parent corporation of the Company (the “ Parent ”). The Executive agrees to serve the Company faithfully and to the best of his ability under the direction of the Board and the Chief Executive Officer of the Parent.

2.2     Exclusive Services . Except as may otherwise be approved in advance by the Board or the Chief Executive Officer of the Parent, the Executive shall devote his full working time throughout the Employment Term (as defined in Section 2.3) to the services required of him hereunder. The Executive shall render his services exclusively to the Company and/or the Parent during the Employment Term, and shall use his best efforts, judgment and energy to improve and advance the business and interests of the Company and the Parent in a manner consistent with the duties of his position. During the Employment Term, the Executive will not be employed with any other person or entity, or be self-employed, without the prior written approval of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer of the Parent.

2.3     Term of Employment . The Executive’s employment under this Agreement shall commence as of the date hereof and shall terminate on the earlier of (i) the second anniversary of the Effective Date or (ii) termination of the Executive’s employment pursuant to this Agreement; provided , however , that the term of the Executive’s employment shall be automatically extended without further action of either party for additional one year periods unless written notice of either party’s intention not to extend (a “ Non-Renewal Notice ”) has been given to the other party hereto at least 60 days prior to the expiration of the then effective term. The period commencing as of the Effective Date and ending on the second anniversary of the Effective Date or such later date to which the term of the Executive’s employment shall have been extended is hereinafter referred to as the “ Employment Term ”. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a Change in Control (as defined in Section 5.6) occurring during the Employment Term, the Employment Term shall be extended so that it terminates on the second anniversary of the date of the Change in Control, provided, however, the Employment Term will not be so



- 2 -

extended if the Executive has given a Notice of Non-Renewal prior to the occurrence of the Change of Control.

2.4     Reimbursement of Expenses . Unless otherwise agreed to by the Executive and the Company, the Company shall reimburse the Executive for reasonable travel and other business expenses incurred by him in the fulfillment of his duties hereunder upon presentation by the Executive of an itemized account of such expenditures, in accordance with Company practices consistently applied.

3.     ANNUAL COMPENSATION

3.1     Base Salary . From the Effective Date, the Executive shall be entitled to receive a base salary (“ Base Salary ”) at a rate of $170,000.00 per annum, payable in accordance with the Company’s payroll practices. Subject to the Executive’s rights under Section 5.2, Base Salary is subject to increase or decrease, from time to time, in the sole and absolute discretion of the Board. Once changed, such amount shall constitute the Executive’s annual Base Salary.

3.2     Annual Review . The Executive’s Base Salary shall be reviewed by the Board, based upon the Executive’s performance not less often than annually.

3.3     Discretionary Bonus . After the Effective Date, the Executive shall be entitled to such bonus, if any, as may be awarded to the Executive from time to time by the Board in the sole and absolute discretion of the Board.

4.     EMPLOYEE BENEFITS

The Executive shall, during his employment under this Agreement, be included to the extent eligible thereunder in all employee benefit plans, programs or arrangements (including, without limitation, any plans, programs or arrangements providing for retirement benefits, incentive compensation, profit sharing, bonuses, disability benefits, health and life insurance, or vacation and paid holidays) which shall be established by the Company for, or made available to, its executives generally.

5.     TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT

5.1     Termination Events .

5.1.1.     By the Company . The Company may terminate the Executive’s employment at any time for Cause (as hereinafter defined), without Cause, or upon the Executive’s Permanent Disability (as hereinafter defined).

5.1.2.     By the Executive . The Executive may terminate his employment at any time for Good Reason (as hereinafter defined) or without Good Reason.

        



- 3 -

5.2     Termination Without Cause; Resignation for Good Reason .

5.2.1 Prior to a Change in Control . If, prior to the expiration of the Employment Term, the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause, or the Executive resigns from his employment hereunder for Good Reason, in either case at any time prior to a Change in Control, the Company shall continue to pay the Executive the Base Salary (at the rate in effect immediately prior to such termination) for the greater of (i) twelve (12) months or (ii) the remainder of the Employment Term (such period being referred to hereinafter as the “ Severance Period ”). The payments shall occur in installments in the same amount in effect immediately prior to such termination and at the same regular payment intervals as the Executive’s Base Salary was being paid on the effective date of this Agreement 1 and such installments shall be deemed a series of separate payments within the meaning of Treas. Reg. §1.409A-2(b)(2)(iii). Notwithstanding the foregoing, installments which in the aggregate do not exceed Executive’s Base Salary payable over 6 months shall be paid in a lump sum within 60 days following Executive’s termination of employment. The remaining installments, if any, shall be paid in regular payment intervals with the first such installment paid on the first payment date occurring on or after the day following the 6-month anniversary of the Executive’s termination of employment. In addition, the Executive shall be entitled to continue to participate for a period of twelve (12) months following such termination in all employee welfare benefit plans that the Company provides and continues to provide generally to its executive employees (or, if the Executive is not entitled to participate in any such plan under the terms thereof, in a comparable substitute arrangement provided by the Company) provided, however, that for the first 6 months following the Executive’s termination of employment, the Executive shall pay the premiums of any welfare benefit plans to the extent that the payment of such premiums by the Company would have constituted gross income to the Executive. The Company shall reimburse the Executive for any premiums or other expenses incurred by the Executive with respect to his participation and that of any of his dependents in any such employee benefit welfare plan. The Executive shall have no further right to receive any other compensation or benefits after such termination or resignation of employment except as determined in accordance with the terms of the employee benefit plans or programs of the Company. In the event of the Executive’s death during the Severance Period, Base Salary continuation payments under this Section 5.2.1 shall continue to be made during the remainder of the Severance Period to the beneficiary designated in writing for this purpose by the Executive or, if no such beneficiary is specifically designated, to the Executive’s estate.

If, during the Severance Period, the Executive breaches his obligations under Section 7 of this Agreement, the Company may, upon written notice to the Executive, terminate the Severance Period and cease to make any further payments or provide any benefits described in this Section 5.2.1.

The Company’s obligation to make the Base Salary continuation payments and provide the welfare benefits described in this Section 5.2.1 shall be subject to the following conditions: (i) within twenty-one (21) days after the effective date of termination or resignation, the Executive shall have executed and delivered to the Company a Termination Agreement and Release (“Release”) in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto, and (ii) the Release shall not have been revoked by the Executive during the Executive during the revocation period specified therein. If the Executive fails to deliver a fully executed Release to the Company before expiration of such twenty-one (21) day period, or such release is revoked as permitted therein, then the Company will have no obligation to make any of the payments or provide any of the benefits specified in this Section 5.2.1.
____________________
1 The schedule of severance payments must be fixed in this agreement. A schedule that is tied to Hardinge’s future salary payment schedule is not considered to be fixed in this agreement.




- 4 -

5.2.2     Within 12 Months Following a Change in Control . If , prior to the expiration of the Employment Term, the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause, or the Executive terminates his employment hereunder for Good Reason, in either case within twelve (12) months following a Change in Control, the Company shall pay to the Executive cash payments equal to 1.5 times the sum of (i) his Base Salary (at the rate in effect immediately prior to such termination or, if higher, as in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control) and (ii) his average annual bonus paid by the Company during the three fiscal years immediately preceding the Change in Control (or during such lesser period that the Executive was employed by the Company). The payment based on the Executive’s Base Salary shall occur in installments in the same amount in effect immediately prior to such termination and at the same regular payment intervals as the Executive’s Base Salary was being paid on the effective date of this Agreement and such installments shall be deemed a series of separate payments within the meaning of Treas. Reg. §1.409A-2(b)(2)(iii). Notwithstanding the foregoing installments which in the aggregate do not exceed Executive’s Base Salary payable over 6 months shall be paid in a lump sum within 60 days following Executive’s termination of employment. The remaining installments shall be paid in regular payment intervals with the first such installment paid on the first payment date occurring on or after the day following the 6-month anniversary of the Executive’s termination of employment. The payment based on the Executive’s average annual bonus, which shall be deemed a separate “payment” within the meaning of Treas. Reg. §1.409A-2(b)(2) from the payment based on Base Salary, shall be paid in a lump sum within 60 days following the Executive’s termination of employment. In addition, the Executive shall be entitled to continue to participate for a period of eighteen (18) months following such termination in all employee welfare benefit plans that the Company provides and continues to provide generally to its executive employees (or, if the Executive is not entitled to participate in any such plan under the terms thereof, in a comparable substitute arrangement provided by the Company) provided, however, that for the first six months following the Executive’s termination of employment, the Executive shall pay the premiums of any welfare benefit plans to the extent that the payment of such premiums by the Company would have constituted gross income to the Executive. The Company shall reimburse the Executive for any premiums or other expenses incurred by the Executive with respect to his participation and that of any of his dependents in any such employee benefit welfare plan. The Executive shall have no further right to receive any other compensation or benefits after such termination or resignation of employment except as determined in accordance with the terms of the employee benefit plans or programs of the Company. In the event of the Executive’s death during the period when installment payments under this Section 5.2.2 are being made, such payments shall continue to be made during the remainder of such period to the beneficiary designated in writing for this purpose by the Executive or, if no such beneficiary is specifically designated, to the Executive’s estate.
            
If the Executive remains employed with the Company pursuant to this Agreement for a period of more than 12 months following a Change in Control, then, for the purposes of this Agreement, such Change of Control shall be deemed to have not occurred and Section 5.2.1 shall apply to a subsequent termination by the Company without Cause or a resignation by the Executive for Good Reason during the Employment Term, unless and until another Change in Control occurs.

5.3     Termination for Cause; Resignation Without Good Reason . If, prior to the expiration of the Employment Term, the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company for Cause, or the Executive resigns from his employment hereunder other than for Good Reason, the Executive shall be entitled only to payment of his Base Salary as then in effect through and including the date of termination or resignation. The Executive shall have no further right to receive any other compensation or benefits after such termination or resignation of employment, except as determined in accordance with the terms of the employee benefit plans or programs of the Company.




- 5 -

5.4     Cause . Termination for “ Cause ” shall mean termination of the Executive’s employment by the Company because of:

(i)    any act or omission that constitutes a breach by the Executive of any of his obligations under this Agreement or any Company or Parent policy or procedure and failure to cure such breach after notice of, and a reasonable opportunity to cure, such breach;

(ii)    the continued willful failure or refusal of the Executive to substantially perform the duties reasonably required of him as an employee of the Company;

(iii)    an act of moral turpitude, dishonesty or fraud by, or criminal conviction of, the Executive which in the determination of the Board would render his continued employment by the Company damaging or detrimental to the Company or the Parent;

(iv)    any misappropriation of Company or Parent property by the Executive; or

(v)    any other willful misconduct by the Executive which is materially injurious to the financial condition or business reputation of, or is otherwise materially injurious to, the Company or the Parent or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates.

5.5     Good Reason . For purposes of this Agreement, “ Good Reason ” shall mean the occurrence of one or more of the following events provided that, the Executive shall give the Company a written notice, within 90 days following the initial occurrence of the event, describing the event that the Executive claims to be Good Reason and stating the Executive’s intention to terminate employment unless the Company takes appropriate corrective action:

(i)    a material decrease in the Executive’s Base Salary that is not part of a general decrease in base salary for substantially all of the Company’s and/or Parent’s senior executives or a failure by the Company to pay material compensation due and payable to the Executive in connection with his employment;

(ii)    the Company’s failure to assign to the Executive duties that are generally consistent with the Executive’s position and title;

(iii)    a material diminution in benefits provided by the Company to the Executive except for a diminution applicable to substantially all of the Company’s and/or Parent’s senior executives;

(iv)    the Company’s requiring the Executive to permanently relocate to an office or location more than 50 miles from the Company’s facilities in Traverse City, Michigan;

(v)    a failure or refusal of any successor company to assume the Company’s obligations under this Agreement; or

(vi)    the Company’s material breach of any material term of this Agreement.

The Company shall have 30 days from the date of receipt of the written notice from the Executive stating his claim of Good Reason in which to take appropriate corrective action. If the Company does not cure the Good Reason, the Good Reason will be deemed to have occurred at the end of the 30-day period. This



- 6 -

section shall apply with respect to any successor of the Company following a Change in Control as if such successor were the Company.

5.6     Change in Control . For purposes of this Agreement, the term “ Change in Control ” shall mean and shall be deemed to occur if and when:

(i)    the sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets to any entity of which the Parent does not own, directly or indirectly, at least 85% of the outstanding voting securities; or

(ii)    the sale or other transfer of more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities to any person or entity other than the Parent or an entity of which the Parent owns, directly or indirectly, at least 50% of the outstanding voting securities.

6.     DEATH OR DISABILITY

In the event of termination of employment by reason of death or Permanent Disability, the Executive (or his estate, as applicable) shall be entitled to Base Salary and benefits determined under Sections 3 and 4 through the date of termination. Other benefits shall be determined in accordance with the benefit plans maintained by the Company, and the Company shall have no further obligation hereunder. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Permanent Disability ” means a physical or mental disability or infirmity of the Executive that prevents the normal performance of substantially all his duties as an employee of the Company, which disability or infirmity shall exist for any continuous period of 180 days.

7.     CONFIDENTIALITY; NONSOLICITATION; NONCOMPETITION

7.1     Confidentiality . The Executive covenants and agrees with the Company that he will not any time during the Employment Term and thereafter, except in performance of his obligations to the Company hereunder or with the prior written consent of the Company, directly or indirectly, disclose any secret or confidential information that he may learn or has learned by reason of his association with the Company or any of its subsidiaries and affiliates. The term “ confidential information ” includes information not previously made generally available to the public or to the trade by the Company’s or the Parent’s management, with respect to the products, facilities, applications and methods, trade secrets and other intellectual property, systems, procedures, manuals, confidential reports, product price lists, customer lists, technical information, financial information (including the revenues, costs or profits associated with any of the Company’s products), business plans, prospects or opportunities of the Company, the Parent and/or any of their affiliates (collectively, the “Company Group”), but shall exclude any information which is or becomes generally available to the public or is generally known in the industry or industries in which the Company operates other than as a result of disclosure by the Executive in violation of his agreements under this Section 7.1. The Executive will be released of his obligations under this Section 7.1 to the extent the Executive is required to disclose under any applicable laws, regulations or directives of any government agency, tribunal or authority having jurisdiction in the matter or under subpoena or other process of law provided that the Executive provides the Company with prompt written notice of such requirement.

7.2     Acknowledgment of Company Assets . The Executive acknowledges that the Company Group, at the Company Group’s expense, has acquired, created and maintains, and will continue to acquire, create and maintain, significant goodwill with its current and prospective customers, vendors and employees, and that such goodwill is valuable property of the Company Group. The Executive further acknowledges that to the extent such goodwill will be generated through the Executive’s efforts,



- 7 -

such efforts will be funded by the Company Group and the Executive will be fairly compensated for such efforts. The Executive acknowledges that all goodwill developed by the Executive relative to the Company Group’s customers, vendors and employees shall be the sole and exclusive property of the Company Group and shall not be personal to the Executive. Accordingly, in order to afford the Company Group reasonable protection of such goodwill and of the Company Group’s confidential information, the Executive agrees as follows:

7.2.1.     Nonsolicitation . For so long as the Executive is employed by the Company, and continuing for two years thereafter if termination of employment occurs for any reason prior to a Change in Control, the Executive shall not, without the prior written consent of the Company, directly or indirectly, as a sole proprietor, member of a partnership, stockholder or investor, officer or director of a corporation, or as an employee, associate, consultant or agent of any person, partnership, corporation or other business organization or entity other than the Company: (i) solicit or endeavor to entice away from the Company Group any person or entity who is, or, during the then most recent 12-month period, was engaged by, or had served as an agent or key consultant of the Company Group; (ii) solicit or endeavor to entice away from the Company Group any person or entity who is, or was within the then most recent 12-month period, a customer or client (or reasonably anticipated to the general knowledge of the Executive or the public to become a customer or client) of the Company Group; or (iii) solicit or endeavor to entice away from the Company Group any person who is employed by the Company Group or induce such person to terminate his or her employment with the Company Group.

7.2.2.     No Competing Employment . For so long as the Executive is employed by the Company, and continuing for one year thereafter if termination of employment occurs for any reason prior to a Change in Control, the Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, as a sole proprietor, member of a partnership, stockholder or investor (other than a stockholder or investor owning not more than a 1% interest), officer or director of a corporation, or as an employee, associate, consultant or agent of any person, partnership, corporation or other business organization or entity other than the Company, render any service to or in any way be affiliated with a competitor (or any person or entity that is reasonably anticipated to the general knowledge of the Executive or the public to become a competitor) of the Company Group.

7.3     Exclusive Property . The Executive confirms that all confidential information is and shall remain the exclusive property of the Company Group. All business records, papers and documents kept or made by Executive relating to the business of the Company Group shall be and remain the property of the Company Group, except for such papers customarily deemed to be the personal copies of the Executive. Upon termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company for any reason, the Executive promptly deliver to the Company all of the following that are in the Executive’s possession or under his control: (i) all computers, telecommunication devices and other tangible property of the Company Group, and (ii) all documents and other materials, in whatever form, which include confidential information or which otherwise relate in whole or in part to the present or prospective business of the Company Group, including but not limited to, drawings, graphs, charts, specifications, notes, reports, memoranda, and computer disks and tapes, and all copies thereof.

7.4     Injunctive Relief . Without intending to limit the remedies available to the Company, the Executive acknowledges that a breach of any of the covenants contained in this Section 7 may result in material and irreparable injury to the Company Group for which there is no adequate remedy at law, that it will not be possible to measure damages for such injuries precisely and that, in the event of such a breach or threat thereof, any member of the Company Group shall be entitled to seek a temporary restraining order and/or a preliminary or permanent injunction restraining the Executive from



- 8 -

engaging in activities prohibited by this Section 7 or such other relief as may be required specifically to enforce any of the covenants in this Section 7. If for any reason, it is held that the restrictions under this Section 7 are not reasonable or that consideration therefore is inadequate, such restrictions shall be interpreted or modified to include as much of the duration and scope identified in this Section 7 as will render such restrictions valid and enforceable.

7.5     Communication to Third Parties . The Executive agrees that Company shall have the right to communicate the terms of this Section 7 to any third parties, including but not limited to, any prospective employer of the Executive. The Company waives any right to assert any claim for damages against Company or any officer, employee or agent of Company arising from such disclosure of the terms of this Section 7.

7.6     Independent Obligations . The provisions of this Section 7 shall be independent of any other provision of this Agreement. The existence of any claim or cause of action by the Executive against the Company, whether predicated on this Agreement or otherwise, shall not constitute a defense of the enforcement of this Section 7 by the Company or any other member of the Company Group.

7.7     Non-Exclusivity . The Company’s rights and the Executive’s obligations set forth in this Section 7 are in addition to, and not in lieu of, all rights and obligations provided by applicable statutory or common law.

7.8     Third Party Beneficiaries . Notwithstanding that they are not signatories to this Agreement the Parent and each other member of the Company Group are intended third party beneficiaries of the Executive’s obligations in this Section 7 and each of them shall have the right to enforce such obligations to the same extent as if they are a party hereto.

8.     CERTAIN PAYMENTS

Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, if any amounts due to the Executive under this Agreement and any other plan or program of the Company constitute a “parachute payment” (as defined in Section 280G(b)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”)), then the aggregate of the amounts constituting the parachute payment shall be reduced to an amount that will equal three times his “base amount” (as defined in Section 280G(b)(3) of the Code) less $1.00. The determination to be made with respect to this Section 8 shall be made by an accounting firm jointly selected by the Company and the Executive and paid by the Company, and which may be the Company’s independent auditors.

9.     MISCELLANEOUS .

9.1     Notices . All notices or communications hereunder shall be in writing, addressed as follows:

To the Company:

c/o Hardinge Inc.
One Hardinge Drive
Elmira, New York 14902-1507
Telecopier No. (607) 734-2353
Attention: Chief Executive Officer



- 9 -


To the Executive:

William B. Sepanik
1747 Healey Lane
Traverse City, MI 49696


All such notices shall be conclusively deemed to be received and shall be effective, (i) if sent by hand delivery, upon receipt, (ii) if sent by telecopy or facsimile transmission, upon confirmation of receipt by the sender of such transmission, or (iii) if sent by registered or certified mail, on the fifth day after the day on which such notice is mailed.

9.2     Severability . Each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision will be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Agreement.

9.3     Assignment . The rights and obligations of this Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of any successor of the Company by reorganization, merger or consolidation, or any assignee of all or substantially all of the Company’s business and properties. Neither this Agreement nor any rights hereunder shall be assignable or otherwise subject to hypothecation by the Executive.

9.4     Entire Agreement . This Agreement represents the entire agreement of the parties and shall supersede any and all previous contracts, arrangements or understandings between the Company and the Executive relating to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement may be amended at any time by mutual written agreement of the parties hereto.

9.5     Withholding . The payment of any amount pursuant to this Agreement shall be subject to applicable withholding and payroll taxes, and such other deductions as may be required under the Company’s employee benefits plans, if any.

9.6     Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts executed in and to be performed entirely within that state.




- 10 -

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Agreement to be duly executed and the Executive has hereunto set his hand, as of the day and year first above written.

FORKARDT INC.

By_______________________________
Name: Richard L. Simons
Title: President and Chief Executive Officer


__________________________________
William B. Sepanik



- 11 -

State of New York        )
: ss.
County of Chemung        )

On the ____ day of _______, 2013, before me, the undersigned, a Notary Public in and for said state, personally appeared RICHARD L. SIMONS, residing at ____________________________________________, the President and Chief Executive Officer of FORKARDT INC., personally known to me, or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence, to be the individual whose name is subscribed to the within instrument, and he acknowledged to me that he executed the same in his capacity and that, by his signature on the instrument, the individual, or the person upon behalf of which the individual acted, executed the instrument on behalf of said corporation.


___________________________________
Notary Public


State of Michigan        )
: ss.
County of Chemung        )

On the ____ day of _______, 2013, before me, the undersigned, personally appeared WILLIAM B. SEPANIK, personally known to me or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the individual whose name is subscribed to the within instrument and he acknowledged to me that he executed the same in his capacity, and that by his signature on the instrument, the individual, or the person upon behalf of which the individual acted, executed the instrument.


___________________________________
Notary Public



Doc #01-2662913.5








- 12 -

EXHIBIT A

FORKARDT INC.
TERMINATION AGREEMENT AND RELEASE

In consideration of the payments and benefits to be provided to me by Forkardt Inc. (the “Company”) pursuant to Section 5.2.1 of the Employment Agreement between the Company and me dated _______ __, 2013 (the “Employment Agreement”), I agree as follows:

1. Termination . My employment with the Company is terminated effective ____________ and I will not thereafter apply for employment with the Company.

2. Release . On behalf of myself and my heirs, successors executors, administrators, trustees, legal representatives, agents and assigns, I fully and forever release and discharge the Company, its subsidiaries, divisions and affiliates and its and all of their predecessors, successors, assigns, directors and officers (collectively “Released Parties”) from any and all claims, demands, suits, causes of action, obligations, promises, damages, fees, covenants, agreements, attorneys’ fees, debts, contracts and torts of every kind whatsoever, known or unknown, at law or in equity, foreseen or unforeseen, which against the Released Parties I ever had, now have or which I may have for, upon or by reason of any matter, cause or thing whatsoever relating to or arising from my employment with the Company or the termination thereof, specifically including, but not limited to, all claims under the following: the Civil Rights Acts of 1866, 1871, 1964 and 1991; the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967; the Older Workers’ Benefit Protection Act of 1990; the Americans with Disabilities Act; the Equal Pay Act; the Employee Retirement Income Security Act; the Worker Adjustment Retraining Notification Act; the Family and Medical Leave Act; the National Labor Relations Act; the Occupational Safety and Health Act; the New York State Human Rights Law; the New York City Human Rights Law; the New York State Labor Law; §§ 120 and 241 of the New York State Workers’ Compensation Law; any contract of employment, express or implied; and any and all other federal, state or local laws, rules or regulations.

I hereby waive the right to receive any personal relief (i.e. monetary or equitable relief) as a result of any lawsuit or other proceeding brought by the EEOC or any other governmental agency, based on or related to any of the matters from which I have released the Released Parties. I also will take all actions necessary, if any, now or in the future, to make this Release effective, including seeking and obtaining any necessary governmental or court approval.

The foregoing release shall not operate to release the Company from its obligations to make payments and provide benefits as provided under Section 5.2.1 of the Employment Agreement.

In connection with the foregoing release (i) I acknowledge that the payments and benefits under Section 5.2.1 of the Employment Agreement are good and sufficient consideration to which I would not otherwise be entitled but for my execution and delivery to the Company of this instrument, (ii) I acknowledge that I have been advised by the Company to consult with an attorney before signing this instrument, (iii) the Company has allowed me at least twenty-one (21) days from the date I first receive this instrument to consider it before being required to sign it and return it to the Company, and (iv) I may revoke this instrument, in its entirety, within seven (7) days after signing it by delivering written notice of such revocation to the Company on or before 5:00 p.m. on the seventh day of such revocation period.

    



- 13 -

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this instrument as of the ____ day of ___________.


____________________________________
                        
    


Doc #01-2662913.5






Exhibit 21
Name and Address of Subsidiary
 
Jurisdiction of Incorporation
 
Percentage of Ownership
Hardinge Credit Co., Inc.
   One Hardinge Drive
   Elmira, New York 14902
 
New York
 
100%
Hardinge Technology Systems, Inc.
   One Hardinge Drive
   Elmira, New York 14902
 
New York
 
100%
Morrison Machine Products, Inc.
   One Hardinge Drive
   Elmira, New York 14902
 
New York
 
100%
Hardinge Brothers Inc.
   One Hardinge Drive
   Elmira, New York 14902
 
New York
 
100%
USACH Technologies Inc.
   1524 Davis Road
   Elgin, IL 60123
 
Illinois
 
100%
Forkardt Inc.
   2155 Traversefield Dr
   Traverse City, MI 49686
 
New York
 
100%
Canadian Hardinge Machine Tools, Ltd.
   c/o Hardinge Inc.
   One Hardinge Drive
   Elmira, New York 14902
 
Canada
 
100%
Hardinge Holdings GmbH
   Heiligkreuzstrasse 28
   CH-9009 St. Gallen
   Switzerland
 
Switzerland
 
100%
Hardinge Holdings B.V.
   c/o TMF Netherlands B.V.
   Herikerbergweg 238
   1101CM Amsterdam Zuidoost
 
Netherlands
 
100% owned by
Hardinge Holdings GmbH
Hardinge Taiwan Precision Machinery Limited
   4 Tzu Chiang 3rd Road
   Nankang Industrial Area
   Nan Tou City 540
   Taiwan
 
Taiwan ROC
 
100% by
Hardinge Holdings BV
Hardinge China Limited
   13/F Gloucester Tower
   11 Pedder Street Central
   Hong Kong
 
People's Republic
of China
 
100% owned by
Hardinge Holdings GmbH
Hardinge GmbH
   Fichtenhain A 13c
   47807 Krefeld
   Germany
 
Federal Republic
of Germany
 
100% owned by
Hardinge Holdings GmbH
Hardinge Machine (Shanghai) Co., Ltd.
   1388 Kangqiao Road (East)
   Pudong New Area
   Shanghai 201319
People's Republic of China
 
People's Republic
of China
 
100% owned by
Hardinge Holdings GmbH
Hardinge Precision Machinery (Jia Xing) Co., Ltd
   2676 Wanguo Road
   Jia Xing, Zhejiang Province
   China
 
People's Republic
of China
 
100% owned by
Hardinge Holdings GmbH





Name and Address of Subsidiary
 
Jurisdiction of Incorporation
 
Percentage of Ownership
L. Kellenberger & Co., AG
   Heiligkreuzstrasse 28
   CH 9009 St. Gallen
   Switzerland
 
Switzerland
 
100% owned by
Hardinge Holdings GmbH
Forkardt France S.A. S
   28, Avenue de Bobigny
   93135 Noisy le sec
   France
 
France
 
100% owned by
Hardinge Holdings GmbH
Jones & Shipman SARL
   8 Allee des Ginkgos
   BP 112-69672
   Bron
   France
 
France
 
100% owned by
Hardinge Holdings BV
Hardinge Machine Tools B.V.
   Zalmweg 36
   4941 VX Raamsdonksveer
   Netherlands
 
Netherlands
 
100% owned by
Hardinge Holdings BV
Jones & Shipman Hardinge Ltd.
   Murray Field Road
   Leicester, LE3 1UW
   United Kingdom
 
United Kingdom
 
100% owned by
L. Kellenberger & Co., AG
Jones & Shipman Grinding Limited
   Murray Field Road
   Leicester, LE3 1UW
   United Kingdom
 
United Kingdom
 
100% owned by
Jones & Shipman Hardinge Ltd.
Hardinge Machine Tools B.V., Taiwan Branch
   4 Tzu Chiang 3rd Road
   Nankang Industrial Area
   Nan Tou City 540
   Taiwan
 
Netherlands
 
100% owned by
Hardinge Machine Tools B.V.
Forkardt Deutschland GmbH
   Herinrich-Hertz-Str. 7
   40699 Erkrath
   Germany
 
Germany
 
100% owned by
Hardinge GmbH
Forkardt India LLP
   Plot No. 39, D. No 5-5-35/187
   Ayyanna Ind. Park
   IE Prasanthnaga, Kukatpally, Hyderabad - 500072
   India
 
India
 
100% owned by
Hardinge Hardinge Machine Tools B.V.






EXHIBIT 23
 
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following Registration Statements:
 
1) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 33-65049) pertaining to the Hardinge Inc. Savings Plan,
 
2) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-103985) pertaining to the Hardinge Inc. 2002 Incentive Stock Plan,
 
3) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-183145) pertaining to the Hardinge Inc. 2011 Incentive Stock Plan; and
 
4) Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 333-187678) of Hardinge Inc. and the related Prospectus;
 
of our reports dated March 12, 2015 , with respect to the consolidated financial statements and schedule of Hardinge Inc. and Subsidiaries and, the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of Hardinge Inc. and Subsidiaries included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) of Hardinge Inc. and Subsidiaries for the year ended December 31, 2014 .
 
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Buffalo, New York
March 12, 2015





EXHIBIT 31.1
 
HARDINGE INC.
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
 
I, Richard L. Simons, certify that:
 
1.  I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2014 of Hardinge Inc.;
 
2.  Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
3.  Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
4.  The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal controls over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
 
a)            Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
b)            Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
c)             Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
d)            Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
 
5.  The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
 
a)            All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
b)            Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
 
 
Date:
March 12, 2015
/s/ Richard L. Simons
 
 
Richard L. Simons
 
 
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer
 
 
 




EXHIBIT 31.2
 
HARDINGE INC.
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
 
I, Douglas J. Malone, certify that:
 
1.  I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2014 of Hardinge Inc.;
 
2.  Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
3.  Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
4.  The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal controls over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
 
a)            Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
b)            Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
c)             Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
d)            Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
 
5.  The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
 
a)            All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
b)            Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date:
March 12, 2015
/s/ Douglas J. Malone
 
 
Douglas J. Malone
 
 
Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
 
 
(Principal Financial Officer)




EXHIBIT 32
 
HARDINGE INC.
 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
 
In connection with the Annual Report of Hardinge Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2014 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Richard L. Simons, Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and I, Douglas J. Malone, Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to the best of our knowledge:
 
(1)   The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and
 
(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
 
 
 
/s/ Richard L. Simons
 
Richard L. Simons
 
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer
 
March 12, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Douglas J. Malone
 
Douglas J. Malone
 
Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
 
(Principal Financial Officer)
 
March 12, 2015
 
A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906, or other document authenticating, acknowledging, or otherwise adopting the signatures that appear in typed form within the electronic version of this written statement required by Section 906, has been provided to Hardinge Inc. and will be retained by Hardinge Inc. and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.